Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Немецкий
Русский
Французский

two hundred and sixty five

Толкование Перевод

1 and

and [ænd, ənd, nd, ən]

conjunction

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► For set expressions containing the word and, eg now and then, wait and see, look under the other words.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

   a. et

• a man and a woman un homme et une femme

• and how! (inf) et comment ! (inf)

• and? et alors ?

   b. (in numbers) three hundred and ten trois cent dix

• two thousand and eight deux mille huit

• two pounds and six pence deux livres (et) six pence

• an hour and twenty minutes une heure vingt (minutes)

• five and three quarters cinq trois quarts

   c. (+ infinitive verb) try and come tâchez de venir

   d. (repetition, continuation) better and better de mieux en mieux

• for hours and hours pendant des heures et des heures

• he talked and talked il a parlé pendant des heures

   e. (with compar adj) uglier and uglier de plus en plus laid

• more and more difficult de plus en plus difficile

   f. (with negative or implied negative) ni

• to go out without a hat and coat sortir sans chapeau ni manteau

   g. (phrases) eggs and bacon œufs mpl au bacon

• summer and winter été comme hiver

   h. (implying conditional) do that and I won't come fais ça et je ne viens pas

* * *
[ænd], unstressed [ənd]
Note: When used as a straightforward conjunction, and is translated by et: to shout and sing = crier et chanter; Tom and Linda = Tom et Linda; my friend and colleague = mon ami et collègue

and is sometimes used between two verbs in English to mean ‘in order to’ ( wait and see, try and relax etc). To translate these expressions, look under the appropriate verb entry (wait, try etc)

For examples and other uses, see the entry below

conjunction

1) ( joining words or clauses) et

cups and plates — des tasses et des assiettes

he picked up his papers and went out — il a ramassé ses papiers et il est sorti

2) ( in numbers)

two hundred and sixty-two — deux cent soixante-deux

3) ( with repetition)

faster and faster — de plus en plus vite

it got worse and worse — c'est devenu de pire en pire

I waited and waited — j'ai attendu pendant des heures

to talk on and on — parler pendant des heures

we laughed and laughed! — qu'est-ce qu'on a ri!

4) ( for emphasis)

it's lovely and warm — il fait bon

come nice and early — viens tôt

and he didn't even say thank you — et en plus il n'a même pas dit merci

5) ( in phrases)

and all that — et tout le reste

and that — (colloq) GB et tout ça

and so on — et ainsi de suite

and how! — (colloq) et comment!

and? — et alors?

6) ( alike)

summer and winter — été comme hiver

day and night — jour et nuit

7) ( with negative)

he doesn't like singing and dancing — il n'aime ni chanter ni danser

English-French dictionary > and
2 and

and,,,

❢ When used as a straightforward conjunction, and is translated by et: to shout and sing = crier et chanter ; Tom and Linda = Tom et Linda ; my friend and colleague = mon ami et collègue. and is sometimes used between two verbs in English to mean ‘in order to’ ( wait and see, go and ask, try and rest etc). To translate these expressions, look under the appropriate verb entry (wait, go, try etc). For examples and other uses, see the entry below. conj

1 ( joining words or clauses) et ; cups and plates des tasses et des assiettes ; there'll be singing and dancing on va chanter et danser ; he picked up his papers and went out il a ramassé ses papiers et il est sorti ;

2 ( in numbers) two hundred and sixty-two deux cent soixante-deux ; three and three-quarters trois trois-quarts ; five and twenty ‡ ou littér vingt-cinq ;

3 ( with repetition) more and more interesting de plus en plus intéressant ; faster and faster de plus en plus vite ; it got worse and worse c'est devenu de pire en pire ; I waited and waited j'ai attendu pendant des heures ; to talk on and on parler pendant des heures ; for days and days pendant des jours et des jours ; we laughed and laughed! qu'est-ce qu'on a ri! ; there are friends and friends il y a ami et ami ;

4 ( for emphasis) it's lovely and warm il fait bon ; come nice and early viens tôt ; AND he didn't even say thank you et en plus il n'a même pas dit merci ;

5 ( in phrases) and all that et tout le reste ; and that ○ GB et tout ça ; and so on et ainsi de suite ; and how ○ ! et comment! ; and? et alors? ;

6 ( alike) summer and winter été comme hiver ; I think about you day and night je pense à toi jour et nuit ;

7 ( with negative) I haven't got pen and paper je n'ai ni stylo ni papier ; he doesn't like singing and dancing il n'aime ni chanter ni danser.

Big English-French dictionary > and
3 hundred

1. adjective
1) hundert

a or one hundred — [ein]hundert

two/several hundred — zweihundert/mehrere hundert

a or one hundred and one — [ein]hundert[und]eins

a or one hundred and one people — hundert[und]ein Menschen od. Mensch

the hundred metres race — der Hundertmeterlauf

2)

a hundred [and one] — (fig.): (innumerable) hundert (ugs.)

3)

a or one hundred per cent — hundertprozentig

I'm not a hundred per cent at the moment — (fig.) momentan geht es mir nicht sehr gut. See also academic.ru/23561/eight">eight 1.
2. noun
1) (number) hundert

a or one/two hundred — [ein]hundert/zweihundert

not if I live to be a hundred — nie im Leben

in or by hundreds — hundertweise

the seventeen-hundreds — etc. das achtzehnte usw. Jahrhundert

a hundred and one — etc. [ein]hundert[und]eins usw.

it's a hundred to one that... — die Chancen stehen hundert zu eins, dass...

2) (symbol, written figure) Hundert, die; (hundred-pound etc. note) Hunderter, der

3) (indefinite amount) hundreds Hunderte Pl.

hundreds of times — hundertmal. See also eight 2. 1)

* * *
1. noun
1) ((plural hundred) the number 100: Ten times ten is a hundred; more than one/a hundred; There must be at least six hundred of them here.) das Hundert

2) (the figure 100.) die Hundert

3) (the age of 100: She's over a hundred; a man of a hundred.) das Hundert

4) ((plural hundred) a hundred pounds or dollars: I lost several hundred at the casino last night.) der Hunderter
2. adjective
1) (100 in number: six hundred people; a few hundred pounds.) hundert

2) (aged 100: He is a hundred today.) hundert

•

- hundred-
- hundredfold
- hundredth
- hundreds of
* * *

hun·dred

[ˈhʌndrəd]

I. n

1.

<pl ->

(number) Hundert f

the chances are one in a \hundred that he'll live die Chancen stehen eins zu hundert, dass er überlebt

sixty out of a \hundred agree with the president sechzig von hundert stimmen dem Präsidenten zu

I'll bet you a \hundred to one my team will win ich wette hundert zu eins, dass meine Mannschaft gewinnt

two/three/eight \hundred zwei-/drei-/achthundert

this new car is selling by the \hundreds dieses Auto wird zu Hunderten verkauft

\hundreds and \hundreds Hunderte und aber Hunderte

\hundreds of cars/people/pounds Hunderte von Autos/Leuten/Pfund

2.

<pl ->

(miles, kilometres per hour)

to drive a \hundred hundert [o fam mit hundert Sachen] fahren

3.

<pl ->

(years old)

to be/turn a \hundred hundert Jahre alt sein/werden

to live to be a \hundred hundert Jahre alt werden

4. (with centuries)

the eighteen/fifteen/twelve \hundreds das achtzehnte/fünfzehnte/zwölfte Jahrhundert

II. adj attr, inv hundert

we've driven a \hundred miles in the last hour wir sind in der letzten Stunde [ein]hundert Meilen gefahren

a \hundred and one/five/nine [ein]hundert[und]eins/-fünf/-neun

\hundred and first/second/fifth hundert[und]erste(r, s)/-zweite(r, s)/-fünfte(r, s)

to feel a \hundred per cent fit sich akk hundertprozentig fit fühlen

to work a \hundred per cent hundertprozentig arbeiten

never in a \hundred years nie im Leben

* * *
['hʌndrɪd]
1. adj
hundert
a or one hundred years — (ein)hundert Jahre

two/several hundred years — zweihundert/mehrere hundert or Hundert Jahre

a or one hundred and one (lit) — (ein)hundert(und)eins; (fig) tausend

a or one hundred and two/ten — (ein)hundert(und)zwei/-zehn

(one) hundred and first/second etc — hundert(und)erste(r, s)/-zweite(r, s) etc

a or one hundred thousand — (ein)hunderttausend

a hundred-mile walk — ein Hundertmeilenmarsch

a or one hundred per cent — hundert Prozent

a (one) hundred per cent increase — eine hundertprozentige Erhöhung, eine Erhöhung von or um hundert Prozent

a or one hundred per cent inflation — eine Inflationsrate von hundert Prozent

I'm not a or one hundred per cent fit/sure — ich bin nicht hundertprozentig fit/sicher

I agree with you one hundred per cent — ich stimme hundertprozentig mit Ihnen überein

the Hundred Years' War (Hist) — der Hundertjährige Krieg

never in a hundred years! — nie im Leben!

2. n
hundert num; (written figure) Hundert f
hundreds (lit, fig) — hunderte or Hunderte pl; ( Math : figures in column ) Hunderter pl

to count in hundreds — in hunderten or Hunderten zählen

to count up to a or one hundred —

the hundreds column (Math) — die Hunderterspalte

one in a hundred — einer unter hundert

eighty out of a hundred — achtzig von hundert

an audience of a or one/two hundred — hundert/zweihundert Zuschauer

hundreds of times — hundertmal, hunderte or Hunderte von Malen

hundreds and hundreds — Hunderte und Aberhunderte, hunderte und aberhunderte

hundreds of or and thousands — hunderttausende or Hunderttausende pl

hundreds and thousands (Cook) — Liebesperlen pl

he earns nine hundred a month — er verdient neunhundert im Monat

I'll lay (you) a hundred to one — ich wette hundert gegen eins

to sell sth by the hundred (lit, fig) — etw im Hundert verkaufen

it'll cost you a hundred — das wird dich einen Hunderter kosten

to live to be a hundred — hundert Jahre alt werden

they came in ( their) hundreds or by the hundred — sie kamen zu hunderten or Hunderten

* * *

hundred [ˈhʌndrəd; US auch -dərd]

A adj

1. hundert:

a (one) hundred (ein)hundert;

several hundred men mehrere hundert Mann

2. oft a hundred and one hunderterlei, zahllose

B s

1. Hundert n (Einheit):

hundreds and hundreds Hunderte und Aberhunderte;

by the hundred, by hundreds hundertweise, immer hundert auf einmal;

several hundred mehrere Hundert;

hundreds of thousands Hunderttausende;

hundreds of times hundertmal;

a great ( oder long) hundred hundertzwanzig

2. Hundert f (Zahl)

3. MATH Hunderter m

4. Br HIST Zent f (Unterbezirk einer Grafschaft)

5. US HIST Bezirk m, Kreis m (nur noch in Delaware)

6. hundreds and thousands GASTR Liebesperlen

h., H. abk

1. height H

2. hour ( hours pl) Std.; Uhr (bei Zeitangaben)

3. hundred

4. husband

* * *
1. adjective
1) hundert

a or one hundred — [ein]hundert

two/several hundred — zweihundert/mehrere hundert

a or one hundred and one — [ein]hundert[und]eins

a or one hundred and one people — hundert[und]ein Menschen od. Mensch

the hundred metres race — der Hundertmeterlauf

2)

a hundred [and one] — (fig.): (innumerable) hundert (ugs.)

3)

a or one hundred per cent — hundertprozentig

I'm not a hundred per cent at the moment — (fig.) momentan geht es mir nicht sehr gut. See also eight 1.
2. noun
1) (number) hundert

a or one/two hundred — [ein]hundert/zweihundert

not if I live to be a hundred — nie im Leben

in or by hundreds — hundertweise

the seventeen-hundreds — etc. das achtzehnte usw. Jahrhundert

a hundred and one — etc. [ein]hundert[und]eins usw.

it's a hundred to one that... — die Chancen stehen hundert zu eins, dass...

2) (symbol, written figure) Hundert, die; (hundred-pound etc. note) Hunderter, der

3) (indefinite amount) hundreds Hunderte Pl.

hundreds of times — hundertmal. See also eight 2. 1)

* * *

adj.

hundert adj.

English-german dictionary > hundred
4 hundred

hun·dred [ʼhʌndrəd] n

1) <pl -> ( number) Hundert f;

the chances are one in a \hundred that he'll live die Chancen stehen eins zu hundert, dass er überlebt;

sixty out of a \hundred agree with the president sechzig von hundert stimmen dem Präsidenten zu;

I'll bet you a \hundred to one my team will win ich wette hundert zu eins, dass meine Mannschaft gewinnt;

two/ three/eight \hundred zwei-/drei-/achthundert;

this new car is selling by the \hundreds dieses Auto wird zu Hunderten verkauft;

\hundreds and \hundreds Hunderte und aber Hunderte;

\hundreds of cars/ people/ pounds Hunderte von Autos/Leuten/Pfund

2) <pl -> (miles, kilometres per hour)

to drive a \hundred hundert [o ( fam) mit hundert Sachen] fahren

3) pl -> ( years old)

to be/turn a \hundred hundert Jahre alt sein/werden;

to live to be a \hundred hundert Jahre alt werden

4) ( with centuries)

the eighteen/ fifteen/twelve \hundreds das achtzehnte/fünfzehnte/zwölfte Jahrhundert adj

attr, inv hundert;

we've driven a \hundred miles in the last hour wir sind in der letzten Stunde [ein]hundert Meilen gefahren;

a \hundred and one/ five/ nine [ein]hundert[und]eins/-fünf/-neun;

\hundred and first/ second/ fifth hundert[und]erste(r, s)/-zweite(r, s)/-fünfte(r, s);

to feel a \hundred per cent fit sich akk hundertprozentig fit fühlen;

to work a \hundred per cent hundertprozentig arbeiten;

never in a \hundred years nie im Leben

English-German students dictionary > hundred
5 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).

   ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).

   ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.

   ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.

   ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.

   ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.

   ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.

   ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.

   ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.

   ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.

   ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.

   ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.

   ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.

   ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.

   ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.

   ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.

   ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.

   ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.

   ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.

   ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.

   ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.

   ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.

   ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)

   ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.

   ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.

   ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.

   ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.

   ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.

   ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.

   ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.

   ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.

   ■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.

   ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.

   ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.

   ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.

   ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.

   ■ Imperial and Early Modern (1415-1822)

   ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.

   ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.

   ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.

   ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.

   ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.

   ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.

   ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.

   ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.

   ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.

   ■. The Portugal Trade: A Study of Anglo-Portuguese Commerce, 1700- 1770. London: Methuen, 1971.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.

   ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.

   ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.

   ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.

   ■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.

   ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.

   ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.

   ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.

   ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.

   ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.

   ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.

   ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.

   ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.

   ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.

   ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Constitutional Monarchy and Liberalism (1822-1910)

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.

   ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.

   ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.

   ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.

   ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. Revolução, Finanças, Dependência Externa ( de 1820 à convenção de Gramido). Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.

   ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.

   ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.

   ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.

   ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.

   ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.

   ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.

   ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.

   ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.

   ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.

   ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.

   ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.

   ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.

   ■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.

   ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.

   ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.

   ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.

   ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.

   ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.

   ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.

   ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.

   ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.

   ■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.

   ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.

   ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.

   ■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.

   ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.

   ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.

   ■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.

   ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.

   ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.

   ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.

   ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.

   ■ Authoritarian Portugal (1926-74)

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.

   ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.

   ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.

   ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).

   ■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.

   ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.

   ■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.

   ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.

   ■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.

   ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.

   ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.

   ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.

   ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.

   ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.

   ■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.

   ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.

   ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.

   ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.

   ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.

   ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.

   ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.

   ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.

   ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.

   ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.

   ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.

   ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.

   ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.

   ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.

   ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.

   ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.

   ■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.

   ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.

   ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.

   ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.

   ■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.

   ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.

   ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.

   ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.

   ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.

   ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.

   ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan

   ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.

   ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De

   ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.

   ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.

   ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.

   ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.

   ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.

   ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.

   ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.

   ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.

   ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.

   ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.

   ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.

   ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.

   ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.

   ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.

   ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.

   ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ World War II and Portugal

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.

   ■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.

   ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.

   ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.

   ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.

   ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.

   ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.

   ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.

   ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.

   ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.

   ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.

   ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.

   ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.

   ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.

   ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.

   ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.

   ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.

   ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.

   ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.

   ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.

   ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.

   ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.

   ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.

   ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.

   ■ The Military

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.

   ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.

   ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.

   ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.

   ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.

   ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.

   ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Government and Politics since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.

   ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.

   ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.

   ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.

   ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.

   ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.

   ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.

   ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.

   ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Contemporary Portugal since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.

   ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.

   ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.

   ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.

   ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.

   ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.

   ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.

   ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.

   ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.

   ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.

   ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.

   ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.

   ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.

   ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.

   ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.

   ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.

   ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.

   ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.

   ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.

   ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.

   ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.

   ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.

   ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.

   ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.

   ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.

   ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.

   ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.

   ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).

   ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).

   ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.

   ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.

   ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.

   ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.

   ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.

   ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.

   ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.

   ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.

   ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.

   ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.

   ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).

   ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.

   ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.

   ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.

   ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].

   ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.

   ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.

   ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,

   ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

   ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).

   ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.

   ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.

   ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.

   ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.

   ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.

   ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA

   ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.

   ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.

   ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.

   ■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.

   ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.

   ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.

   ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.

   ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.

   ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.

   ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.

   ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY

   ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).

   ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da

   ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.

   ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.

   ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.

   ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.

   ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.

   ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.

   ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.

   ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:

   ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.

   ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS

   ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.

   ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.

   ■. The Journal of William Beckford in Portugal and Spain 1787-1788.

   ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.

   ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.

   ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.

   ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.

   ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.

   ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.

   ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.

   ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.

   ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.

   ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.

   ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.

   ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.

   ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.

   ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.

   ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.

   ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.

   ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.

   ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.

   ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.

   ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.

   ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.

   ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.

   ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.

   ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.

   ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.

   ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

   ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.

   ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.

   ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.

   ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.

   ■. Navegadores, viajantes e adventureiros portugueses: Séculos XV e XVI. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.

   ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.

   ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.

   ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.

   ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.

   ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.

   ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]

   ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.

   ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.

   ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.

   ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.

   ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.

   ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.

   ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.

   ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.

   ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.

   ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.

   ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.

   ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)

   ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.

   ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.

   ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.

   ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.

   ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.

   ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.

   ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.

   ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.

   ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.

   ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.

   ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.

   ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.

   ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.

   ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.

   ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.

   ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.

   ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.

   ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.

   ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.

   ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.

   ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.

   ■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.

   ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.

   ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.

   ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.

   ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.

   ■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.

   ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.

   ■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:

   ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.

   ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.

   ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.

   ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

   ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.

   ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.

   ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.

   ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.

   ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.

   ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.

   ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.

   ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.

   ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.

   ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.

   ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.

   ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.

   ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.

   ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.

   ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.

   ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.

   ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.

   ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.

   ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.

   ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.

   ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.

   ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.

   ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.

   ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.

   ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.

   ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.

   ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.

   ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.

   ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.

   ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.

   ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.

   ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.

   ■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.

   ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.

   ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.

   ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.

   ■. Diálogos Interditos: A Política Externa Portuguesa E A Guerra De Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.

   ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.

   ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.

   ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.

   ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.

   ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.

   ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).

   ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.

   ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.

   ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.

   ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.

   ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.

   ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.

   ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.

   ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.

   ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.

   ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.

   ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.

   ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.

   ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.

   ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.

   ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.

   ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.

   ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.

   ■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.

   ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].

   ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.

   ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.

   ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.

   ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.

   ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.

   ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.

   ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.

   ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.

   ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.

   ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.

   ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.

   ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.

   ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.

   ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.

   ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.

   ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.

   ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.

   ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.

   ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.

   ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.

   ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.

   ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.

   ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.

   ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.

   ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.

   ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.

   ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.

   ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.

   ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.

   ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.

   ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.

   ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.

   ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.

   ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.

   ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.

   ■ Portuguese Migration and Communities Abroad

   ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).

   ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.

   ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.

   ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.

   ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.

   ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.

   ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.

   ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.

   ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.

   ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.

   ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.

   ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.

   ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.

   ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.

   ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.

   ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.

   ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.

   ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.

   ■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.

   ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.

   ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.

   ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.

   ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.

   ■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.

   ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.

   ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.

   ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.

   ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.

   ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)

   ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.

   ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.

   ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.

   ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.

   ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.

   ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.

   ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.

   ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.

   ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.

   ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.

   ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.

   ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.

   ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.

   ■ Anglo-Portuguese Alliance (1373-Present)

   ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.

   ■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.

   ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.

   ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.

   ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.

   ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.

   ■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.

   ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.

   ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.

   ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.

   ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.

   ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.

   ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.

   ■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.

   ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.

   ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.

   ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.

   ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.

   ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.

   ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.

   ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.

   ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).

   ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.

   ■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.

   ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.

   ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.

   ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.

   ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.

   ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY

   ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.

   ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.

   ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.

   ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.

   ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.

   ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.

   ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.

   ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.

   ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.

   ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.

   ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.

   ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.

   ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.

   ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.

   ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.

   ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.

   ■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.

   ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.

   ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.

   ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.

   ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.

   ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In

   ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.

   ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.

   ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.

   ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.

   ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.

   ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.

   ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.

   ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.

   ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.

   ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.

   ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.

   ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.

   ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.

   ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.

   ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.

   ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC

   ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.

   ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.

   ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.

   ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.

   ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.

   ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.

   ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.

   ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.

   ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.

   ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.

   ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.

   ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.

   ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.

   ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.

   ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.

   ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.

   ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.

   ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.

   ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.

   ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.

   ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.

   ■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.

   ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.

   ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.

   ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.

   ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.

   ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.

   ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.

   ■ Sculpture and Ceramics

   ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.

   ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.

   ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.

   ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.

   ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.

   ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.

   ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.

   ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.

   ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.

   ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.

   ■ Cinema

   ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.

   ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.

   ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.

   ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.

   ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.

   ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.

   ■ Children's Literature

   ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.

   ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:

   ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:

   ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.

   ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.

   ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.

   ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.

   ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.

   ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.

   ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.

   ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.

   ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.

   ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.

   ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature

   ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.

   ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.

   ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.

   ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.

   ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.

   ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.

   ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.

   ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.

   ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.

   ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■ The Inquisition in History

   ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.

   ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.

   ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.

   ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.

   ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.

   ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.

   ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.

   ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.

   ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.

   ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection

   ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.

   ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.

   ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.

   ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.

   ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.

   ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.

   ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.

   ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.

   ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.

   ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.

   ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.

   ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.

   ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

   ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.

   ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.

   ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.

   ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.

   ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.

   ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.

   ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.

   ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.

   ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.

   ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.

   ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.

   ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].

   ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George

   ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.

   ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.

   ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.

   ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.

   ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.

   ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.

   ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.

   ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.

   ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.

   ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.

   ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.

   ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.

   ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.

   ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.

   ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.

   ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.

   ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.

   ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.

   ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.

   ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.

   ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.

   ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.

   ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.

   ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.

   ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.

   ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.

   ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.

   ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.

   ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.

   ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.

   ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.

   ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.

   ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.

   ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.

   ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine

   ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.

   ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.

   ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.

   ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.

   ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.

   ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.

   ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.

   ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.

   ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.

   ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.

   ■ Gardens and Gardening of Portugal and Madeira

   ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.

   ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.

   ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.

   ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.

   ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.

   ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.

   ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.

   ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.

   ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.

   ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.

   ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.

   ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.

   ■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.

   ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.

   ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.

   ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.

   ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.

   ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.

   ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.

   ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).

   ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).

   ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.

   ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.

   ■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.

   ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.

   ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Feminism and Women's Studies

   ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.

   ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.

   ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.

   ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.

   ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Religion and Catholic Church

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.

   ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.

   ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.

   ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.

   ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing

   ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.

   ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.

   ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.

   ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.

   ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.

   ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.

   ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.

   ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.

   ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.

   ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.

   ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.

   ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.

   ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.

   ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.

   ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.

   ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.

   ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.

   ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.

   ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.

   ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.

   ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.

   ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.

   ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT

   ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.

   ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.

   ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.

   ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.

   ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.

   ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.

   ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).

   ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.

   ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.

   ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.

   ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.

   ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.

   ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].

   ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.

   ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.

   ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.

   ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.

   ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.

   ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.

   ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.

   ■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.

   ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.

   ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.

   ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.

   ■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.

   ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.

   ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.

   ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.

   ■ EQUESTRIANISM

   ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.

   ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.

   ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.

   ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.

   ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,

   ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.

   ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
6 Fractional numerals

Дробные числительные

↑ Numeral

1) При произношении простых дробных числительных числитель берется в форме количественного числительного, а знаменатель - в форме порядкового числительного (во множественном числе, если числитель больше одного) Вместо числительного one часто используется неопределенный артикль a. Если при дроби есть целое число, то между ним и дробью ставится союз and

three fourths — три четверти

an/one eighth — одна восьмая

three and two thirds — три и две третьих

2) Более сложные дробные числительные обычно произносятся по следующей модели: числитель (колич. числ.) + over + знаменатель (колич. числ.)

two hundred and sixty five over four hundred and forty-four — 265/444

3) Десятичные числительные произносятся по отдельным цифрам. Положение десятичного разделителя указывается словом point. Цифра 0 обозначается словом nought (в британском варианте английского языка) или zero ( в американском варианте английского языка). Распространено также произношение цифры 0 как междометия oh

nought/zero point three four nine — 0.349

six point oh five — 6.05

4) После обычных дробных числительных существительные употребляются в единственном числе, причем между числительным и существительным используется предлог of

two tenths of a ton — две десятых тонны

После десятичных дробей существительные ставятся во множественном числе без предлога

seven point five centimetres — 7.5 сантиметра

5) При указании температуры цифра 0 обозначается словом zero, существительное degree - градус ставится во множественном числе

zero degrees Celsius — ноль градусов по Цельсию

6) Значение "полтора" при существительном часто передается конструкцией a/an +сущ. + a half

an hour and a half — полтора часа

English-Russian grammar dictionary > Fractional numerals
7 Les nombres

Les nombres cardinaux

0 nought (GB)

zero (US)*

1 one

2 two

3 three

4 four

5 five

6 six

7 seven

8 eight

9 nine

10 ten

11 eleven

12 twelve

13 thirteen

14 fourteen

15 fifteen

16 sixteen

17 seventeen

18 eighteen

19 nineteen

20 twenty

21 twenty-one

22 twenty-two

30 thirty

31 thirty-one

32 thirty-two

40 forty†

50 fifty

60 sixty

70 seventy

73 seventy-three

80 eighty

84 eighty-four

90 ninety

95 ninety-five

100 a hundred ou one hundred‡

101 a hundred and one (GB)§ ou a hundred one (US)

111 a hundred and eleven (GB) ou a hundred eleven (US)

123 a hundred and twenty-three (GB) ou a hundred twenty-three (US)

200 two hundred

Noter que l’anglais utilise une virgule là où le français a un espace.

1,000 a thousand

1,002 a thousand and two (GB) ou a thousand two (US)

1,020 a thousand and twenty (GB) ou a thousand twenty (US)

1,200 a thousand two hundred

10,000 ten thousand

10,200 ten thousand two hundred

100,000 a hundred thousand

102,000 a hundred and two thousand (GB) ou a hundred two thousand (US)

1,000,000 one million

1,200,000 one million two hundred thousand

1,264,932 one million two hundred and sixty-four thousand nine hundred and thirty-two (GB) ou one million two hundred sixty-four thousand nine hundred thirty-two (US)

2,000,000 two million¶

3,000,000,000 three thousand million (GB) ou three billion|| (US)

4,000,000,000,000 four billion (GB) ou four thousand billion (US)

les nombres jusqu’à dix

= numbers up to ten

compter jusqu’à dix

= to count up to ten

* En anglais, lorsqu’on énonce les chiffres un à un, on prononce en général le zéro oh: mon numéro de poste est le 403 = my extension number is 403 ( dire four oh three).

Pour la température, on utilise zero: il fait zéro = it’s zero.

Pour les scores dans les jeux et les sports, on utilise en général nil (GB) zero (US), sauf au tennis, où zéro se dit love.

† Noter que forty s’écrit sans u, alors que fourteen et fourth s’écrivent comme four.

‡ Les formes avec one s’utilisent lorsqu’on veut insister sur la précision du chiffre. Dans les autres cas, on utilise plutôt a.

§ Noter que and s’utilise en anglais britannique entre hundred ou thousand et le chiffre des dizaines ou des unités (mais pas entre thousand et le chiffre des centaines). Il ne s’utilise pas en anglais américain.

¶ Noter que million est invariable en anglais dans ce cas.

|| Attention: un billion américain vaut un milliard (1000 millions), alors qu’un billion britannique vaut 1000 milliards. Le billion américain est de plus en plus utilisé en Grande-Bretagne.

Les adresses, les numéros de téléphone, les dates etc.

Les adresses

dire

29 Park Road twenty-nine Park Road

110 Park Road a hundred and ten Park Road (GB) ou one ten Park Road (US)

1021 Park Road one oh two one Park Road (GB) ou ten twenty-one Park Road (US)

Les numéros de téléphone

dire

020 7392 1011 oh two oh, seven three nine two; one oh one one ou one oh double one

1-415-243 7620 one, four one five, two four three, seven six two oh

04 78 02 75 27 oh four, seven eight, oh two, seven five, two seven

Les dates ⇒ La date

Combien?

combien d’enfants y a-t-il?

= how many children are there?

il y a vingt-trois enfants

= there are twenty-three children

Noter que l’anglais n’a pas d’équivalent du pronom français en dans:

combien est-ce qu’il y en a?

= how many are there?

il y en a vingt-trois

= there are twenty-three

nous viendrons à 8

= there’ll be 8 of us coming

ils sont 8

= there are 8 of them

ils étaient 10 au commencement

= there were 10 of them at the beginning

L’anglais million s’utilise ici comme adjectif. Noter l’absence d’équivalent anglais de la préposition de après million.

1000000 d’habitants

= 1,000,000 inhabitants ( dire a million inhabitants ou one million inhabitants)

2000000 d’habitants

= two million inhabitants

L’anglais utilise aussi les mots hundreds, thousands, millions etc. au pluriel, comme en français:

j’en ai des centaines

= I’ve got hundreds

des milliers de livres

= thousands of books

les milliers de livres que j’ai lus

= the thousands of books I have read

des centaines et des centaines

= hundreds and hundreds

des milliers et des milliers

= thousands and thousands

Pour les numéraux français en -aine (dizaine, douzaine, quinzaine, vingtaine, trentaine, quarantaine, cinquantaine, soixantaine et centaine) lorsqu’ils désignent une somme approximative, l’anglais utilise le chiffre avec la préposition about ou around.

une dizaine de questions

= about ten questions

une quinzaine de personnes

= about fifteen people

une vingtaine

= about twenty

une centaine

= about a hundred

presque dix

= almost ten ou nearly ten

environ dix

= about ten

environ 400 pages

= about four hundred pages

moins de dix

= less than ten

plus de dix

= more than ten

tous les dix

= all ten of them ou all ten

ils s’y sont mis à cinq

= it took five of them ou (s’ils n’étaient que cinq en tout) it took all five of them

Noter l’ordre des mots dans:

les deux autres

= the other two

les cinq prochaines semaines

= the next five weeks

mes dix derniers dollars

= my last ten dollars

Quel numéro? Lequel?

le volume numéro 8 de la série

= volume 8 of the series ou the 8th volume of the series

le cheval numéro 11

= horse number 11

miser sur le 11

= to bet on number 11

le nombre 7 porte bonheur

= 7 is a lucky number

la ligne 8 du métro

= line number 8 of the underground (GB) ou subway (US)

la (chambre numéro) 8 est libre

= room 8 is free

le 8 de pique

= the 8 of spades

Louis XIV

= Louis the Fourteenth

Les opérations

Les nombres décimaux

Noter que l’anglais utilise un point (the decimal point) là où le français a une virgule. Noter également qu’en anglais britannique zéro se dit nought, et en américain zero.

dire

0.25 nought point two five ou point two five

0.05 nought point nought five ou point oh five

0.75 nought point seven five ou point seven five

3.33 three point three three

8.195 eight point one nine five

9.1567 nine point one five six seven

Les pourcentages

dire

25% twenty-five per cent

50% fifty per cent

100% a hundred per cent ou one hundred per cent

200% two hundred per cent

365% three hundred and sixty-five per cent (GB) ou three hundred sixty-five per cent (US)

4.25% four point two five per cent

4.025% four point oh two five per cent

Les fractions

Noter que l’anglais n’utilise pas l’article défini dans:

les deux tiers d’entre eux

= two thirds of them

Mais noter l’utilisation de l’article indéfini anglais dans:

quarante-cinq centièmes de seconde

= forty-five hundredths of a second

dix sur cent

= ten out of a hundred

Les nombres ordinaux

français abréviation en toutes lettres anglaises

1er 1st first

2e 2nd second

3e 3rd third

4e 4th fourth

5e 5th fifth

6e 6th sixth

7e 7th seventh

8e 8th eighth

9e 9th ninth

10e 10th tenth

11e 11th eleventh

12e 12th twelfth

13e 13th thirteenth

20e 20th twentieth

21e 21st twenty-first

22e 22nd twenty-second

23e 23rd twenty-third

24e 24th twenty-fourth

30e 30th thirtieth

40e 40th fortieth

50e 50th fiftieth

60e 60th sixtieth

70e 70th seventieth

80e 80th eightieth

90e 90th ninetieth

99e 99th ninety-ninth

100e 100th hundredth

101e 101st hundred and first

102e 102nd hundred and second (GB) ou hundred second (US)

103e 103rd hundred and third (GB) ou hundred third (US)

196e 196th hundred and ninety-sixth (GB) ou hundred ninety-sixth (US)

1000e‡ 1,000th thousandth

1000000e‡ 1,000,000th millionth

le premier

= the first ou the first one

le quarante-deuxième

= the forty-second ou the forty-second one

il y en a un deuxième

= there is a second one

le second des deux

= the second of the two

Noter l’ordre des mots dans:

les trois premiers

= the first three

le troisième pays le plus riche du monde

= the third richest nation in the world

les quatre derniers

= the last four

* Noter que le signe divisé par est différent dans les deux langues: au ":" français correspond le "÷" anglais.

† Pour les fractions jusqu’à 1/10, on utilise normalement a (a third); on utilise one (one third) en mathématiques et pour les calculs précis.

‡ Noter que l’anglais utilise une virgule là où le français a un espace.

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > Les nombres
8 TIGR

(gen. -ar; pl. -ir, acc. -u), m. a ten, decade, = tegr, tøgr, togr, tugr; tíu tigir manna, one hundred men; hálfan fjórða tøg skipa, thirty-five ships; sex ins fimta tigar, forty-six; vetri fátt í fjóra tigu, thirty-nine years.

* * *

tegr, also tögr, togr, tugr, m., gen. tigar, pl. tigir, acc. tigu (tögo, tugu), later tigi, Band. 36, Fb. iii. 578; [a Goth. tigus is suggested by the adj. -tigjus; A. S. tig, teg; O. H. G. zic, zuc; Germ. zebn; Dan. ty; Engl. ten.]

A. A ten, decade. The ancient Scandinavians and Teutons had no indeclinable numeral adjectives from twenty to a hundred; the word tigr (like hundrað and þúsund) being a regular substantive. The ancient way of counting is therefore complex and curious; e. g. forty-one was called ‘four tens and one’ or ‘one of the fifth decade;’ forty-eight was called ‘four tens and eight,’ or by counting back, ‘five tens short of two,’ cp. the Lat. un-de-viginti, duo-de-triginta: forty-five was called ‘half the fifth ten,’ and so on, as will best be seen from the references below; and so it goes on to ‘one hundred and twenty,’ for in Icel. a hundred means the duodecimal hundred. In the 14th century (in deeds) ‘tigr’ began to lose its character of a substantive, eg. þrjátigir, fimtigir …, or þrjátigi, fimtigi (used inclecl.), whence at last came the mod. þrjátíu, fjörutíu, fimtíu …, the tíu being a contracted form from the acc. pl. tigu. At the same time hundrað and þúsund became indecl. adjectives, e. g. þrjátiu, brjúhundruð, þrjuþúsund skipum, for the old þrem tiguin hundruðum, þúsundum skipa.

B. REFERENCES: þessi vetr fylidi annan tög aldrs Magnúss konungs, this winter completed the second ten, i. e. the twentieth year, of king Magnus’ life, Fms. vi. 90; þat skipti tögum, it amounted to tens, several tens, ii. 32; þrjá tigu manna, three tens of men, Eg. 41; á þrem tigum daga, on three tens of days, 656 A. ii. 14; þrír tigir hundraða, Dipl. v. 2; níu tigu manna, Eg. 62; þrettán tigi aura, Band. 36; nær fjórum tigum faðma töðu, well-nigh four tens of fathoms, i. e. forty, Dipl. v. 18; fjóra togo dægra, 655 iii. 3; sex togo hundraða, D.I. i. 350; sex tigir manna, Grág. ii. 194; sex tigir þúsunda manna, Post.; sex tigu hundraða, six tens of hundreds, i. e. sixty hundred, i. e. six thousand, Orkn. 416 old Ed.; tíu tigir manna, ten tens of men, i. e. one hundred, Nj. 191; tíu tigo fjár, K. Þ. K. 140; tíu tigum ásauðar, a hundred sheep, Dipl. v. 19; tíu tegu bæja, Fms. viii. 203: ellifu tigir vætta skreiðar, eleven tens, i. e. one hundred and ten, 655 iii. 4; even, þrettán tigi aura, thirteen tens, i. e. one hundred and thirty, Band. 36; fimtán tigum sinna, fifteen tens, i. e. one hundred and fifty, Dipl. ii. 14: repeating, fjóra tigi vetra ok fjóra vetr, four tens of winters and four winters, i. e. forty-four years, ÓH. (pref.); með tveim skipum ok átta togum skipa, Fms. x. 394; sex tigi vetra ok fjóra vetr, Ó. H. (pref.); þrjá tigi ára ok sex ár, three tens of years and six years, Bs. i. 30; eitt skip ok sjau tigu skipa, i. e. seventy-one, Fms. x. 344; hálfan fjórða tög vetra, half the fourth decade, i. e. thirty-five, vi. 430; hálfan fjórða tög skipa, i. 76; hálfr fimti tugr kúgilda, half the fifth decade, i. e. forty-five, Dipl. v. 18; hálfr þriði tögr manna, Ísl. ii. 387, Ld. 292; hálfr átti tögr kirkna, seventy-five, Clem.; á einu ári ins fimmta tigar konungdóms Hákonar, on the first year of the fifth ten, i. e. forty-first, Sturl. iii. 308; hann hafði vetr ens sétta tigar, one winter of the sixth ten, i. e. fifty-one, Fms. ix. 534; á öðru ári ens fjórða tigar, i. 67; annann vetr ens fjórða tigar konungdóms hans, Fms. x. 33, Bs. i. 74; fjóra vetr ens tíunda tegar, Ó. H. (pref.); sex ens fjórða tigar, i. e. thirty-six, Thorodd; vikur tvær ens sétta tegar, i. e. fifty-two, Íb. 7; hann hafði sjau vetr ens sjaunda tigar, i. e. sixty-seven, Ld. 330; á enum sjaunda vetri ens sjaunda tugar aldrs síns, Eb. 125 new Ed.; á enum sétta vetri ens átta tugar aldrs síns, Sturl. ii. 187; Þorkell hafði átta vetr ens fimta tigar þá er hann druknaði, i. e. forty-eight, Ld. 326; átta dagar ens níunda tegar, i. e. eighty-two, 1812. 49; átta aurar ens fimta tigar, Grág. ii. 144; á níunda ári ens sjaunda tigar ens tíunda hundraðs, in the ninth year of the seventh ten of the tenth hundred (i. e. 969 A. D.), Fms. i. 67; þá var Egill á níunda tigi, then was Egil in the ninth ten ( between eighty and ninety years of age), Eg. 764; vetri fátt í fjóra tigu, one year short of four tens, i. e. thirty-nine, Fms. x. 2, v. l.; lítið fátt í fimm tigi vetra, iii. 60; einu ári fátt í fimm tigi, i. e. forty-nine, … vetri einum fátt í níu tigi ára gamall, i. e. aged eighty-nine, Fb. iii. 578: curious is the phrase, af-tig gamall, = Lat. unde-viginti, aged ‘lacking twenty,’ i. e. nineteen years old, Fms. vii. 84 (in a verse); the context and chronology shew that this is the sense, and not as explained in Lex. Poët. s. v. afstigr: níu tigir ok tvau ár (elliptically dropping gen. ára), Dipl. v. 3; whence lastly as adj., þrítigir álnir (sic) lérepts, id.; fjöre-tiger manns, Bs. i. 867. As this method was somewhat unwieldy, the counting by twenty was also resorted to, cp. Gramm. xxi, sex merkr ok tuttugu; spænir þrír ok tuttugu, … sjautján merkr ok tuttugu, Bs. i. 874 (Laur. S.), or the word tigr was altogether discarded, and replaced by skor or sneis (Engl. score, Dan. snees). ☞ As in vellums the numbers are mostly represented by Roman figures, and abbreviations used, the editions cannot in these cases be implicitly relied on; the same is the case with old texts preserved in mod. paper transcripts.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > TIGR
9 पञ्चन् _pañcan

पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.]

-Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth.

-अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य).

-2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185.

-3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21.

-4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance.

-अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divi- sions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥

(-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle.

-2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (

-ङ्गी) a bit for horses.

-(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts.

-2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas)

-3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥

-4 a calendar or almanac, so called be- cause it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propiti- ousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology).

-अङ्गिक a. five-membered.

-अङ्गुल a. (

-ला or

-ली f.) measuring five fingers. (

-लः) the castor-oil plant.

-अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य.

-अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9.

-अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38.

-अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस.

-अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients.

-(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं).

-2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु).

-3 the five elements; Māl.5.2.

-अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron).

-अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury.

- अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.).

-अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below.

-अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य.

-अशीतिः f. eighty-five.

-अहः a period of five days.

- आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41.

-आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body).

-आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva.

-2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a.

-3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (

-नी) an epithet of Durgā.

-आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva.

-आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य.

-इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्).

-इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥).

-उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य).

-उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body.

-कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups.

-कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115.

-कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving stre- nutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥

-कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth.

-कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर).

-कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण).

-कृत्वस् ind. five times.

-कृष्णः A kind of game. (

-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान.

-कोणः a pentagon.

-कोलम् the five spices taken collec- tively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ).

-कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi.

-क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas.

-2 N. of the city, Banares.

-खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds.

-गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power.

-गवम् a collection of five cows.

-गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च).

-गु a. bought with five cows.

-गुण a. five-fold. (

-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (

-णी) the earth.

-गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head).

-2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas.

-घातः (in music) a kind of mea- sure.

-चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth.

-चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five.

-चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara.

-जनः 1 a man, man- kind.

-2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2.

-3 the soul.

-4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17.

-5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (

-नी) an assemblage of five persons.

-जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (

-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9.

-ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge.

-2 a man familiar with the doc- trines of the Pāśupatas.

-तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters.

-तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश.

-2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन.

-तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9.

-तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and pri- mary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध).

-तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5.

-तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (

-यः) a pentad.

-तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च.

-त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth.

-त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five.

-दश a.

1 fifteenth.

-2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'.

-दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen.

˚अहः a period of fifteen days.

-दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen.

-दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fort- night (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146.

-2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य).

-दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥

-देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥

-धारणक a. upheld by the five elements.

-नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177.

-2 an elephant.

-3 a turtle.

-4 a lion or tiger.

-नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa.

-नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum).

-दा (pl.) the people of this country.

-नवतिः f. ninety-five.

-निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root).

-नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf).

-पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth.

-पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five.

-पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115.

-2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections

-पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow).

-पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only.

-पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively.

-2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels.

-पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर).

-पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य.

-पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥

-पित्तम् the bile of five ani- mals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock).

-प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest).

-प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान.

-प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple.

-बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen.

-बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला.

-बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु.

-बाहुः N. of Śiva.

-बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2.

-बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज.

-भद्र a.

1 having five good qualities.

-2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.).

-3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks.

-4 vicious.

-द्रः a kind of pavilion.

-भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9.

-भुज a. pentagonal.

(-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण.

-2 N. of Gaṇeśa.

-भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश.

-भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र.

-मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2).

-महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54.

-महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ.

-मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B.

-माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.).

-माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298.

-मास्य a. happening every five months.

-मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.)

-मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा.

-मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.).

-मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚.

-रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम्...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥

-2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष).

-रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी).

-रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24.

-2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas.

-3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada.

-4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11.

-राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.).

-लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also.

-लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल.

-लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs.

-लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra.

-लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron).

-लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead.

-वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत).

-वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक.

-2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34.

-वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five.

-2 the five essential elements of the body.

-3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27.

-4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ.

-5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154.

-वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old.

-वर्षीय a. five years old.

-वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस.

-वल्लभा N. of Draupadī.

-वार्षिक a. recurring every five years.

-वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage).

-विंश a. twenty-fifth.

-शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts.

-2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53.

-विंशतिः f. twenty-five.

-विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका.

-विध a. five- fold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157.

-वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2.

-वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold.

-वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65.

-शत a. amounting to five hundred.

(-तम्) 1 one hundred and five.

-2 five hundred.

-शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49.

-2 an elephant.

-शारदीयः N. of a Yāga.

-शिखः a lion.

-शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh.

-शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्).

-ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34.

-षष्ट a. sixty-fifth.

-षष्टिः f. sixty-five.

-सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें).

-सप्तत a. seventy-fifth.

-सप्ततिः f. seventy-five.

-सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष.

-सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc.

-सिद्धौषधयः the five medi- cinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी.

-सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥.

-सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68.

-सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c.

-स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि).

-हायन a. five years old.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > पञ्चन् _pañcan
10 HÁLFR

a.

1) half; hálfr mánaðr, half a month, fortnight; til hálfs by a half; hálfr annar, þriði, fjórði, &c., one, two, three and a half; hálft annat hundrað, one hundred and a half; hálfr þriði tøgr manna, twenty-five men;

2) neut. ‘hálfu’, by half, with a comparative in an intensive sense, much, far; hálfu verri, far worse; hálfu meira, far more; hálfu siðr, far less.

* * *

adj., hálf (hlf), hálft, freq. spelt halbr, halb er öld hvar, Hm. 52; [Goth. halbs; A. S. healf; Engl. half; Hel. halba; Germ. halb; Dan. halv; Swed. half]:—half; hálfr mánuðr, half a month, a fortnight, Nj. 4; þar átti hann kyn hálft, Eg. 288; hálf stika, half a yard, Grág. i. 498; hálf Jól, the half of Yule, Fs. 151, passim: adverb. phrases, til hálfs, by a half, Eg. 258, 304; aukinn hálfu, increased by half, doubled, Grág. i. 157, Gþl. 24.

2. with the notion of brief, scant, little; sjá hálf hýnótt, that little night, Skm. 42; hálf stund, a little while; eg skal ekki vera hálfa stund að því, i. e. I shall have done presently, in a moment; cp. hálb er öld hvar, only half, Hm. 52; með hálfum hleif, with half a loaf, a little loaf of bread, 51: an Icel. says to his guest, má eg bjóða þér í hálfum bolla, í hálfu staupi, hálfan munnbita, and the like.

II. in counting Icel. say, hálfr annarr, half another, i. e. one and a half; h. þriði, half a third, i. e. two and a half; h. fjórði, three and a half; h. fimti, four and a half, etc.; thus, hálfan annan dag, one day and a half; hálft annað ár, hálfan annan mánuð, h. aðra nótt; hálf önnur stika, a yard and a half, Grág. i. 498; hálfa fimtu mörk, four marks and a half, 391; hálft annat hundrað, one hundred and a half, Sturl. i. 186; hálfr þriði tögr manna, two decades and a half, i. e. twenty-five, men, Ísl. ii. 387; hálfan fimta tög skipa, Hkr. iii. 374: similar are the compd adjectives hálf-þrítugr, aged twenty-five; hálf-fertugr, aged thirty-five; hálf-fimtugr, hálf-sextugr, -sjötugr, -áttræðr, -níræðr, -tíræðr, i. e. aged forty-five, fifty-five, sixty-five, seventy-five, eighty-five, ninety-five, and lastly, hálf-tólfræðr, one hundred and fifteen, Eg. 84, Fms. i. 148, Greg. 60, Stj. 639, Bs. i. 54, 101, Hkr. (pref.), Mar. 32, Íb. 18, Grett. 162, Fs. 160: also of measure, hálf-fertugr föðmum, Landn. (App.) 324, Fms. vii. 217; hálf-þrítugt tungl, a moon twenty-five days’ old, Rb. 26: contracted, hálf-fjórðu mörk, three marks and a half, Am. 63; hálf-fimtu mörk, four marks and a half, Jm. 36: as to this use, cp. the Germ. andert-halb, dritt-halb, viert-halb, etc., Gr. τρίτον ἡμιτάλαντον ( two talents and a half), Lat. sestertius.

III. neut. hálfu with a comparative, in an intensive sense, far; hálfu verri, worse by half, far worse; hálfu meira, far more, Fms. vi. 201; hálfu heilli! Fb. i. 180; hálfu síðr, far less, Þórð. 41 new Ed., Fb. ii. 357; fremr hálfu, much farther ago, Hðm. 2; h. lengra, Bs. ii. 48; h. betri, better by half; h. hógligra, far snugger, Am. 66; hálfu sæmri, Fb. ii. 334.

β. with neg. suff.; hálft-ki, not half; at hálft-ki má óstyrkð ór bera, Greg. 54.

IV. a pr. name, rare, whence Hálfs-rekkr, m. pl. the champions of king Half, Fas.: Hálf-dan, m. Half-Dane, a pr. name, cp. Healf-Danes in Beowulf, Fms.

B. The COMPDS are very numerous in adjectives, nouns, and participles, but fewer in verbs; we can record only a few, e. g. hálf-afglapi, a, m. half an idiot, Band. 4 new Ed. hálf-aukinn, part. increased by half, H. E. ii. 222. hálf-áttræðr, see above. hálf-bergrisi, a, m. half a giant, Eg. 23. hálf-berserkr, m. half a berserker, Sd. 129. hálf-björt, n. adj. half bright, dawning. hálf-blandinn, part. half blended, Stj. 85. hálf-blindr, adj. half blind. hálf-bolli, a, m. half a bowl (a measure), N. G. L. ii. 166. hálf-breiðr, adj. of half breadth, Jm. 2. hálf-brosandi, part. half smiling. hálf-bróðir, m. a half brother (on one side). hálf-brunninn, part. half burnt. hálf-bræðrungr, m. a half cousin, K. Á. 140. hálf-búinn, part. half done. hálf-dauðr, adj. half dead, Sturl. ii. 54, Magn. 530, Hkr. iii. 366. hálf-daufr, adj. half deaf. hálf-deigr, adj. damp. hálf-dimt, n. adj. half dark, in twilight. hálf-drættingr, m. a fisher-boy, who gets half the fish he catches, but not a full ‘hlutr.’ hálf-ermaðr, part. half sleeved, Sturl. iii. 306. hálf-etinn, part. half eaten, Al. 95. hálf-eyrir, m. half an ounce, Fms. x. 211. hálf-fallinn, part. half fallen, K. Á. 96; h. út sjór, of the tide. hálf-farinn, part. half gone. hálf-fertrugr, hálf-fimti, hálf-fimtugr, hálf-fjórði, see above (II). hálf-fífl, n. and hálf-fífla, u, f. half an idiot, Fms. vi. 218, Bs. i. 286. hálf-fjórðungr, m. half a fourth part, Bs. ii. 170. hálf-frosinn, part. half frozen. hálf-fúinn, part. half rotten. hálf-genginn, part. halving. hálf-gildi, n. half the value, Gþl. 392. hálf-gildr, adj. of half the value, N. G. L. hálf-gjalda, galt, to pay half, N. G. L. i. 174. hálf-grátandi, part. half weeping. hálf-gróinn, part. half healed. hálf-görr, part. half done, only half done, left half undone, Fms. ii. 62; litlu betr en hálfgört, Greg. 24. hálfgörðar-bóndi, a, m. a man who has to furnish half a levy, D. N. hálf-hélufall, n. a slight fall of rime, Gísl. 154. hálf-hlaðinn, part. half laden, Jb. 411. hálf-hneppt, n. adj. a kind of metre, Edda 139. hálf-hræddr, adj. half afraid. hálf-kirkja, u, f. a ‘half-kirk,’ = mod. annexía, an annex-church, district church, or chapel of ease, Vm. 126, H. E. i. 430, ii. 138, Am. 28, Pm. 41, Dipl. v. 19; distinction is made between al-kirkja, hálf-kirkja, and bæn-hús, a chapel. hálf-kjökrandi, part. half choked with tears. hálf-klæddr, part. half dressed. hálf-konungr, m. a half king, inferior king, Fms. i. 83. hálf-kveðinn, part. half uttered; skilja hálfkveðit orð, or hálfkveðna vísu = Lat. verbum sat, MS. 4. 7. hálf-launat, n. part. rewarded by half, Fms. ii. 62, Grág. i. 304. hálf-leypa, u, f. a half laupr (a measure), B. K. passim, hálf-leystr, part. half loosened, Greg. 55. hálf-lifandi, part. half alive, half dead, Mar. hálf-litr, adj. of a cloak, of two colours, one colour on each side, Fms. ii. 70, Fas. iii. 561, Sturl. ii. 32, iii. 112, Fær. 227, Bs. i. 434. hálf-ljóst, n. adj.; pá er hálfljóst var, in twilight, Sturl. iii. 193. hálf-lokaðr, part. half locked. hálf-mætti, n. ‘half might,’ opp. to omnipotence, Skálda 161. hálf-mörk, f. half a mark, Vm. 80, 126. hálf-nauðigr, adj. half reluctant, Fms. xi. 392. hálf-neitt, n. adj. ‘half-naught,’ trifling, Fas. i. 60. hálf-níð, n. half a lampoon, Fms. iii. 21. hálf-níræðr, see above (II). hálf-nýtr, adj. of half use, Rb. 86. hálf-opinn, adj. half open. hálf-prestr, m. a ‘half-priest,’ a chaplain to a hálfkirkja, Sturl. ii. 178. hálf-pund, n. half a pound, Gþl. 343. hálf-raddarstafr, m. a semivowel, Skálda 176, 178. hálf-reingr, a, m. a half scamp, Bs. i. 517. hálf-rétti, n. a law term (cp. fullrétti, p. 177), a slight, a personal affront or injury of the second degree, liable only to a half fine; e. g. hálfréttis-orð is a calumny in words that may be taken in both senses, good and bad; whereas fullréttis-orð is downright, unmistakable abuse, Grág. ii. 144; hence the phrases, mæla, göra hálfrétti við e-n, i. 156, 157, ii. 153. hálfréttis-eiðr, m. an oath of compurgation to be taken in a case of h., N. G. L. i. 352. hálfréttis-maðr, m. a man that has suffered hálfrétti, Gþl. 105, 200. hálfréttis-mál, n. a suit of a case of h., N. G. L. i. 314. hálf-róinn, part. having rowed half the way, half-way, Fms. viii. 312. hálf-róteldi, n., prob. corrupt, Fms. xi. 129. hálf-rými, n. a naut. term, half a cabin, one side of a ship’s cabin, Fms. viii. 138, ix. 33, x. 157, Hkr. i. 302. hálfrýmis-félagar, m. pl. messmates in the same h., Edda 108. hálfrýmis-kista, u, f. a chest or bench belonging to a h., Fms. viii. 85. hálf-rökit (-rökvit, -rökvat), n. adj. half twilight, in the evening, Grett. 137, 140 A; hálf-rökvat is the mod. form, which occurs in Grett. 79 new Ed., Jb. 176, Al. 54; vide rökvit. hálf-sagðr, part. half told; in the saying, jafnan er hálfsögð saga ef einn segir = audiatur et altera pars, Grett. 121. hálf-sextugr, see hálfr II. hálf-sjauræðr, adj. = hálfsjötugr, Stj. 48. hálf-sjötugr, see hálfr II. hálf-skiptr, part. = hálflitr, Fms. ii. 170, Sturl. iii. 112. hálf-sleginn, part. half mown, of a field. hálf-slitinn, part. half worn. hálf-sofandi, part. half asleep. hálf-sótt, n. part. half passed; hálfsótt haf, a half-crossed sea. hálf-systkin, n. pl. half brother and sister, cp. hálfbróðir. hálf-systur, f. pl. half sisters. hálf-tíræðr, see hálfr II. hálf-troll, n. half a giant, Eg. 1, Nj. 164 (a nickname). hálf-tunna, u, f. half a tun, Vm. 44. hálf-unninn, part. half done, Fas. ii. 339. hálf-vaxinn, part. half grown. hálf-vegis, adv. by halves. hálf-virði, n. half worth, Jb. 403, Glúm. 347, Sturl. ii. 132. hálf-visinn, part. and hálf-vista, adj. half withered, and medic. palsied on one side. hálf-viti, a, m. a half-witted man. hálf-votr, adj. half wet. hálf-vætt, f. half weight (a measure), Dipl. iv. 8, Fas. iii. 383. hálf-þrítugr, see hálfr II; spelt half-ðritogr, Js. 79. hálf-þurr, adj. half dry. hálf-þverrandi, part. half waning, Js. 732 (of the moon). hálf-þynna, u, f. a kind of small axe, Gþl. 103, 104, Lv. 35. hálf-ærinn, part. half sufficient, Fms. viii. 440. hálf-ærr, adj. half mad, Sks. 778.

II. in mod. usage hálf is freq. used = rather, e. g. hálf-kalt, adj. rather cold: hálf-feginn, adj., eg er hálffeginn, I am rather glad: e-m er hálf-íllt, hálf-bumult, hálf-óglatt, n. adj. one feels rather ill: hálf-hungraðr, hálf-svangr, hálf-soltinn, hálf-þyrstr, adj. rather hungry, rather thirsty, etc., and in endless compds.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HÁLFR
11 द्वि _dvi

द्वि num. a. (Nom. du. द्वौ m., द्वे f., द्वे n.) Two, both; सद्यः परस्परतुलामधिरोहतां द्वे R.5.68. (N. B. In comp. द्वा is sub- stituted for द्वि necessarily before दशन्, विंशति and त्रिंशत् and optionally before चत्वारिंशत्, पञ्चाशत्, षष्टि, सप्तति and नवति, द्वि remaining unchanged before अशीति.) [cf. L. duo, bis or bi in comp.; Gr. duo, dis; Zend dva; A. S. twi.]

-Comp. -अक्ष a. two-eyed, binocular. द्व्यक्षीं त्र्यक्षीं ललाटाक्षीम् Mb.

-अक्षर a. dissyllabic. (

-रः) a word of two syllables.

-अङ्गुल a. two fingers long. (

-लम्) two fingers' length.

-अणुकम् an aggregate or molecule of two atoms, a diad. विषयो द्व्यणुकादिस्तु ब्रह्माण्डान्त उदाहृतः Bhāṣāparichchheda.

-अन्तर a. separated by two inter- mediate links.

-अर्थ a.

1 having two senses.

-2 ambi- guous, equivocal.

-3 having two objects in view. ˚कर a. accomplishing two objects; आम्रश्च सिक्तः पितरश्च तृप्ता एका क्रिया द्व्यर्थकरीह लोके Vāyu P. ˚त्वम् the state of having to convey two senses; द्व्यर्थत्वं विप्रतिषिद्धम् MS.7.1.6.

-अर्ध a. 1<?>.

- अवर a. at least two; द्व्यवरान् भोजयेद् विप्रान् पायसेन यथोचितम् Bhāg.8.16.43.

-अशीत a. eighty-second.

-अशीतिः f. eighty-two.

-अष्टम् copper. ˚सहस्रम् 16.

-अहः a period of two days.

-आत्मक a.

1 having a double nature.

-2 being two.

-आत्मकाः m. (pl.) the signs of the zodiac Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces.

-आमुष्यायणः 'a son of two persons or fathers', an adopted son who remains heir to his natural father though adopted by another.

-आम्नात a. twice men- tioned.

-आहिक a. recurring every day (fever).

-ऋचम् (द्वृचम् or द्व्यर्चम्) a collection of two verses or riks.

-एकान्तर a. separated by two or by one (degree); द्व्येकान्तरासु जातानां धर्म्यं विद्यादिमं विधिम् Ms.1.7.

कः, -ककारः 1 crow (there being two 'Ka's in the word काक).

-2 the ruddy goose (there being two 'Ka's in the word कोक).

-ककुद् m. a camel.

-कर a. Yielding two senses, serving two purposes; तत्र द्विकरः शब्दः स्यात् । न च सकृदुच्चरितः शक्तो ŚB. on MS.12.1.4.

-कार्षापणिक a. worth two कार्षापणs

-कौडविक a. containing or worth two कुडवs.

-गत a ambiguous.

-गु a. exchanged or bartered for two cows. (

-गुः) a subdivision of the Tatpuruṣa compound in which the first member is a numeral; द्वन्द्वो द्विगुरपि चाहम् Udb.

-गुण a. double, twofold; पितुर्वधव्यसनमिदं हि येन मे चिरादपि द्विगुणमिवाद्य वर्धते Mu.5.6 (द्रिगुणाकृ to plough twice; द्विगुणीकृ to double, increase; द्विगुणीभूत a. double, augmented).

-गुणित a.

1 doubled, multiplied by two; वैरोचनैर्द्विगुणिताः सहसा मयूखैः Ki.5.46.

-2 folded double.

-3 enveloped.

-4 doubly increased, doubled.

- चरण a. having two legs, two-legged; द्विचरणपशूनां क्षितिभुजाम् Śānti.4.15.

-चत्वारिंश a. (द्वि-द्वा-चत्वारिंश) fortysecond.

-चत्वारिंशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा चत्वारिंशत्) forty-two.

-चन्द्रधी, -मतिः The illusion of seeing two moons due to an eye disease called Timira; N.13.42.

-जः 'twice-born'

1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus (a Brāh- maṇa, Kṣatriya or Vaiśya); मातुर्यदग्रे जायन्ते द्वितीयं मौञ्जिबन्धनात् । ब्राह्मणक्षत्रियविशस्तस्मादेते द्विजाः स्मृताः Y.1.39.

-2 Brāhmaṇa (over whom the Saṁskāras or purifi- catory rites are performed); जन्मना ब्राह्मणो ज्ञेयः संस्कारै- र्द्विज उच्यते.

-3 any oviparous animal, such as a bird, snake, fish &c.; Mb.12.361.5. (द्विजश्रेष्ठ = द्विजाना- मण्डजानां सर्पाणां श्रेष्ठ); स तमानन्दमविन्दत द्विजः N.2.1; Ś.5.22; R.12.22; Mu.1.11; Ms.5.17.

-4 a tooth; कीर्णं द्विजानां गणैः Bh.1.13. (where द्विज means 'a Brāhmaṇa' also).

-5 A star; L. D. B.

-6 A kind of horse; जलोद्भवा द्विजा ज्ञेयाः Aśvachikitsā.

-7 A Brahmachārī; Bhāg.11.18.42. ˚अग्ऱ्य a Brāhmaṇa. ˚अयनी the sacred thread worn by the first three castes of the Hindus. ˚आलयः

1 the house of a dvija.

-2 a nest. ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः

1 the moon; द्विजेन्द्रकान्तं श्रितवक्षसं श्रिया Śi.12.3.

-2 an epithet of Garuḍa.

-3 camphor. ˚दासः a Sūdra. ˚देवः

1 a Brāhmaṇa; Bhāg.8.15.37.

-2 a sage; Bhāg.3.1.23.

-3 N. of Brahmadeva; Bhāg. 5.2.16. ˚पतिः, ˚राजः an epithet of

1 the moon; इत्थं द्विजेन द्विजराजकान्तिः R.5.23.

-2 Garuḍa.

-3 camphor. ˚प्रपा

1 a trench or basin round the root of a tree for holding water.

-2 a trough near a well for watering birds, cattle &c. ˚प्रियः kind of khadira. ˚प्रिया the Soma plant. ˚बन्धुः, ˚ब्रुवः

1 a man who pretends to be a Brāh- maṇa.

-2 one who is 'twice-born' or a Brāhmaṇa by name and birth only and not by acts; cf. ब्रह्मबन्धु. ˚मुख्यः a Brāhmaṇa. ˚लिङ्गिन् m.

1 a Kṣatriya.

-2 a pseudo- Brāhmaṇa, one disguised as a Brāhmaṇa. ˚वाहनः an epithet of Viṣṇu (having Garuḍa for his vehicle). ˚सेवकः a Sūdra.

-जन्मन् a.

1 having two natures.

-2 regenerated.

-3 oviparous (-m.).

-जातिः m.

1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus; एतान् द्विजातयो देशान् संश्रयेरन् प्रयत्नतः Ms.2.24.

-2 a Brāhmaṇa. Ki.1.39; Ku.5.4. गुरुरग्निर्द्विजातीनां वर्णानां ब्राह्मणो गुरुः H.

-3 a bird.

-4 a tooth.

-5 A kind of horse; लक्षणद्वयसम्बन्धाद् द्विजातिः स्यात् तुरङ्गमः Yuktikalpataru.

-जातीय a.

1 belonging to the first three castes of the Hindus.

-2 of a twofold nature.

-3 of mixed origin, mongrel. (

-यः) a mule.

-जानि a having two wives.

-जिह्व a. double-tongued (fig. also).

-2 insincere.

(-ह्वः) 1 a snake; परस्य मर्माविधमुज्झतां निजं द्विजिह्वतादोषमजिह्मगामिभिः Śi.1.63; R.11.64;14.41; Bv.1.2.

-2 an informer, a slan- derer, tale-bearer.

-3 an insincere person

-4 a thief.

-5 particular disease of the tongue.

-ज्या the sine of an arc.

-ठः 1 the sign visarga consisting of two dots.

-2 N. of Svāhā, wife of Agni.

-त्र a. (pl.) two or three; द्वित्राण्यहान्यर्हसि सोढुमर्हन् R.5.25; सूक्ष्मा एव पतन्ति चातकमुखे द्वित्राः पयोबिन्दवः Bh.2.121.

-त्रिंश (द्वात्रिंश) a.

1 thirty second.

-2 consisting of thirty two.

-त्रिंशत् (द्वात्रिंशत्) f. thirty-two. ˚लक्षण a. having thirty-two auspicious marks upon the body.

-दण्डि ind. stick against stick.

-दत् a. having two teeth (as a mark of age).

-दन्तः an elephant.

-दल a. having two parts, two-leafed.

-दश a. (pl.) twenty.

-दश a.

(द्वादश) 1 twelfth; गर्भात् तु द्वादशे विशः Ms.2.36.

-2 consisting of twelve.

-दशन् (द्वादशन्) a. (pl.) twelve. ˚अंशुः, ˚अर्चिस् m. an epithet of

1 the planet Jupiter.

-2 Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods. ˚अक्षः, ˚करः, ˚लोचनः epithets of Kārtikeya ˚अक्षरमन्त्रः- विद्या the mantra ऊँ नमो भगवते वासुदेवाय; गन्धधूपादिभिश्चार्चेद्वाद- शाक्षरविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.39. ˚अङ्गुल a measure of twelve fingers. ˚अध्यायी N. of Jaimini's Mimāṁsā in twelve Adhyāyas. ˚अन्यिक a. committing twelve mistakes in reading. ˚अस्र a dodecagon. ˚अहः

1 a period of twelve days; शुध्येद् विप्रो दशाहेन द्वादशाहेन भूमिपः Ms.5.83;11.168.

-2 a sacrifice lasting for or completed in twelve days. ˚अक्षः, ˚आख्यः a Buddha. ˚आत्मन् m. the sun; N.1.52. ˚आदित्याः (pl.) the twelve suns; see आदित्य. ˚आयुस् m. a dog. ˚लक्षणी f. the मीमांसासूत्र of जैमिनि (so called because it comprises twelve chapters); धर्मो द्वादशलक्षण्या व्युत्पाद्यः ŚB. on MS. ˚वार्षिक a.

1 twelve years old, lasting for twelve years; Pt.1. ˚विध a. twelve-fold. ˚सहस्र a. consisting of 12.

-दशी (द्वादशी) the twelfth day of a lunar fortnight.

-द्वादशान्यिक (द्वादशापपाठा यस्य जाताः द्वादशान्यिकः).

-दशम् (द्वादशम्)) a collection of twelve, ˚आदित्याः Twelve Ādityas:- विवस्वान्, अर्यमा, पूषन्, त्वष्टा, सविता, 3भग, धाता, विधाता, वरुण, मित्र, रुद्र, विष्णु. ˚पुत्रा Twelve types of sons according to Dharmaśāstra:-- औरस, क्षेत्रज, दत्तक, कृत्रिम, गूढोत्पन्न, अपविद्ध, कानीन, सहोढ, क्रीत, पौनर्भव, स्वयंदत्त, पारशव.

-दाम्नी a cow tied with two ropes.

-दिवः a ceremony lasting for two days.

-देवतम् the constel- lation विशाखा.

-देहः an epithet of Gaṇesa.

-धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa.

-नग्नकः a circumcised man.

-नवत (द्वि-द्वा-नवत) a. ninety-second.

-नवतिः(द्वि-द्वा-नवतिः) f. ninety-two.

-पः an elephant; यदा किञ्चिज्ज्ञो$हं द्विप इव मदान्धः समभवम् Bh.3.31; विपूर्यमाणश्रवणोदरं द्विपाः Śi. ˚अधिपः Indra's elephant. ˚आस्य an epithet of Gaṇesa.

-पक्षः 1 a bird.

-2 a month.

-पञ्चाश (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाश) a. fifty-second.

-पञ्चाशत् f. (

द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाशत्) fifty-two.

-पथम् 1 two ways.

-2 a cross-way, a place where two roads meet.

-पद् see द्विपाद् below.

-पद a. having two feet (as a verse).

-पदः a biped man.

-पदिका, -पदी a kind of Prākṛita metre.

-पाद्, a. two footed; द्विपाद बहुपादानि तिर्यग् गतिमतीनि च Mb.14.37.

-पादः 1 a biped, man.

-2 a bird.

-3 a god.

-पाद्यः, -द्यम् a double penalty.

-पायिन् m. an elephant.

-फालबद्धः hair parted in two; N.1.16.

-बाहुः man; Ks.53.94.

-बिन्दुः a Visarga (:).

-भातम् twilight.

-भुजः an angle.

-भूम a. having two floors (as a palace).

-भौतिकः a horse possessing two ele- ments out of the five; द्वयोर्लक्षणसंबन्धात् तुरगः स्याद् द्विभौतिकः Yuktikalpataru.

-मातृ, -मातृजः an epithet of

1 Gaṇesa.

-2 king Jarāsandha.

-मात्रः a long vowel (having two syllabic instants); एकमात्रो भवेद् ह्रस्वो द्विमात्रो दीर्घ उच्यते Śikṣā.

-मार्गी a cross-away.

-मुखा 1 a leech.

-2 kind of water-vessel; ˚अहिः, ˚उरगः a double- mouthed snake.

-रः 1 a bee; cf. द्विरेफ.

-2 = बर्बर q. v.

-मुनि ind. the two Munis, Pāṇini and Kātyāyana; द्विमुनि व्याकरणस्य, विद्याविद्यावतारभेदाद् द्विमुनिव्याकरणमित्यपि साधु Sk.

-मूर्वा N. of a plant, presumably some hemp. Mātaṅga. L.9.2.

-यामी Two night-watches = 6 hours.

-रदः an elephant; सममेव समाक्रान्तं द्वयं द्विरदगामिना R.4.4; Me.61. ˚अन्तकः, ˚अराति, ˚अशनः

1 a lion.

-2 the Śarabha.

-रसनः a snake.

-रात्रम् two nights.

-रूप a.

1 biform.

-2 written in two ways.

-3 having a different shape.

-4 bi-colour, bipartite.

(-पः) 1 a variety of interpre- tation or reading.

-2 a word correctly written in two ways.

-रेतस् m. a mule.

-रेफः a large black bee (there being two 'Ra's in the word भ्रमर); अनन्तपुष्पस्य मधोर्हि चूते द्विरेफमाला सविशेषसङ्गा Ku.1.27;3.27,36.

-लयः (in music) double time (?); साम्य of two things (like गीत and वाद्य); द्विलयान्ते चर्चरी V.4.35/36.

-वक्त्रः 1 a double-mouthed serpent.

-2 a kind of demon; एकवक्त्रो महावक्त्रो द्विवक्त्रो कालसंनिभः Hariv.

-वचनम् the dual num- ber in grammar.

-वज्रकः a kind of house or structure with 16 angles (sides).

-वर्गः The pair of प्रकृति and पुरुष, or of काम and क्रोध; जज्ञे द्विवर्गं प्रजहौ द्विवर्गम् Bu. Ch.2.41.

-वाहिका a wing.

-विंश (द्वाविंश) a. twenty-second.

-विंशतिः f. (

द्वाविंशति) twenty-two.

-विध a. of two kinds or sorts; द्विविधः संश्रयः स्मृतः Ms.7.162.

-वेश(स)रा a kind of light carriage drawn by mules.

-व्याम, -व्यायाम a. two fathoms long.

-शतम् 1 two hundred.

-2 one hundred and two.

-शत्य a. worth or bought for two hundred.

-शफ a. clovenfooted. (

-फः) any cloven-footed animal.

-शीर्षः an epithet of Agni; also द्विशीर्षकः; सप्तहस्तः चतुःशृङ्गः सप्तजिह्वो द्विशीर्षकः Vaiśvadeva.

-श्रुति a. comprehending two intervals.

-षष् a. (pl.) twice six, twelve.

-षष्ट (द्विषष्ट, द्वाषष्ट) a. sixty-second.

-षष्टिः f. (

-द्विषष्टिः, द्वाषष्टिः) sixty-two.

-सन्ध्य a. having a morning and evening twi-light.

-सप्तत (द्वि-द्वा-सप्तत) a. seventy-second.

-सप्ततिः f. (

द्वि-द्वा सप्ततिः) seventy two.

-सप्ताहः a fortnight.

-सम a. having two equal sides.

-समत्रिभुजः an isosceles triangle.

-सहस्राक्षः the great serpent Śeṣa.

-सहस्र, -साहस्र a. consisting of 2. (

-स्रम्) 2.

-सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed in two ways, i. e. first length-wise and then breadth-wise.

-सुवर्ण a. worth or bought for two golden coins.

-स्थ (ष्ठ) a. conveying two senses; भवन्ति चद्विष्ठानि वाक्यानि यथा श्वेतो धावति अलम्बुसानां यातेति ŚB. on MS.4.3.4.

-हन् m. an elephant.

-हायन, -वर्ष a. two years old; शुके द्विहायनं कत्सं क्रौञ्चं हत्वा त्रिहायनम् Ms.11.134.

-हीन a. of the neuter gender.

-हृदया a pregnant woman.

-होतृ m. an epithet of Agni.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > द्वि _dvi
12 tanto

adj.

so much, all that much, that much, as much.

adv.

so much, such a lot, so, so very much.

pron.

as much, so much, all that much, that much.

m.

1 portion, certain amount.

2 score point, point.

* * *

tanto

► adjetivo

1 (incontables) so much; (contables) so many

■ no cojas tanta leche don't take so much milk

■ no comas tantos caramelos don't eat so many sweets

■ ¡tengo tanto calor! I'm so hot!

■ ¡ha pasado tanto tiempo! it's been so long!

2 (comparación - incontable) as much; (- contables) as many

■ trajo tanto pan como yo he brought as much bread as I did

■ tengo tantos libros como tú I've got as many books as you

► pronombre

1 (incontable) so much; (contable) so many

■ no había tantos there weren't so many

► adverbio

1 (cantidad) so much

■ ¡te quiero tanto! I love you so much!

■ lo siento tanto I'm so sorry

2 (tiempo) so long

■ esperamos tanto we waited for so long

■ hace tanto que no viene it's a long time since he last came

3 (frecuencia) so often

■ no los telefonees tanto don't phone them so often

► nombre masculino tanto

1 (punto) point; (fútbol) goal

2 (cantidad imprecisa) so much, a certain amount

■ percibes un tanto al mes you get so much a month

3 (poco) bit

■ es un tanto estrecho it's a bit narrow

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a las tantas familiar very late, at an unearthly hour

a tantos de sometime in

■ fue a tantos de enero it was sometime in January

apuntar un tanto / marcar un tanto (gen) to score a point 2 (fútbol) to score a goal

con tanto / de tanto with so much

■ se quedó afónica de tanto gritar she lost her voice with shouting so much

cuanto más... tanto más... the more... the more...

en tanto / entre tanto / mientras tanto meanwhile

eso es tanto como... that is like...

estar al tanto (informado) to be informed 2 (alerta) to be on the alert

ni tanto ni tan poco / ni tanto ni tan calvo familiar neither one extreme nor the other

no es para tanto / no hay para tanto it's not that bad

no será tanto it can't be as bad as you make out

otro tanto as much again, the same again

por lo tanto therefore

ser uno de tantos / ser una de tantos to be nothing special

tanto cuanto as much as

tanto más / tanto menos all the more / all the less

tanto mejor / tanto peor so much the better / so much the worse

tanto si... como si... whether... or...

■ tanto si quieres como si no whether you like it or not

uno de tantos / una de tantas run-of-the-mill

... y tantos /... y tantas (cantidad) odd 2 (año) something

■ treinta y tantos libros thirty odd books

■ en el año cuarenta y tantos in nineteen forty something

tanto por ciento percentage

————————

tanto

► nombre masculino

1 (punto) point; (fútbol) goal

2 (cantidad imprecisa) so much, a certain amount

■ percibes un tanto al mes you get so much a month

3 (poco) bit

■ es un tanto estrecho it's a bit narrow

* * *
1. noun m.
1) point, goal

2) certain amount

3) rate

•

- tanto por ciento
2. (f. - tanta)
adj.

1) so many, so much, such

2) as many, as much
3. adv.
1) so much

2) so long

•

- al tanto
- entre tanto
- por lo tanto
- un tanto 4. (f. - tanta)
pron.

so many, so much

* * *

1. ADJ

1) [indicando gran cantidad] [en singular] so much; [en plural] so many

ahora no bebo tanta leche — I don't drink so o as much milk now

tiene tanto dinero que no sabe qué hacer con él — he has so much money he doesn't know what to do with it

¡tuve tanta suerte! — I was so lucky!

¡tengo tantas cosas que hacer hoy! — I have so many things to do today!

había tantos coches que no había donde aparcar — there were so many cars that there was nowhere to park

• tanto... como — [en singular] as much... as; [en plural] as many... as

tiene tanto dinero como yo — he has as much money as I do

no recibe tantas llamadas como yo — he doesn't get as many calls as I do

• tanto gusto — how do you do?, pleased to meet you

2) [indicando cantidad indeterminada]

había cuarenta y tantos invitados — there were forty-odd guests

hay otros tantos candidatos — there are as many more candidates, there's the same number of candidates again

se dividen el trabajo en otras tantas partes — they divide up the work into a like number of parts

2. PRON

1) (=gran cantidad) [en singular] so much; [en plural] so many

gana tanto — he earns so much

no necesitamos tantas — we don't need so many

vinieron tantos que no cabían en la sala — so many people came that they wouldn't all fit into the room

• tanto como — [en singular] as much as; [en plural] as many as

gano tanto como tú — I earn as much as you

coge tantos como quieras — take as many as you like

• es uno de tantos — he's nothing special

2) (=cantidad indeterminada)

nació en el mil novecientos cuarenta y tantos — she was born in nineteen forty-something o some time in the forties

a tantos de marzo — on such and such a day in March

yo no sé qué tantos de libros hay — I don't know how many books there are

las tantas (de la madrugada o de la noche) —

el tren llegó a las tantas — the train arrived really late o in the middle of the night

estar fuera hasta las tantas — to stay out until all hours

-¿qué hora es? -deben de ser las tantas — "what's the time?" - "it must be pretty late"

3) [otras locuciones]

• entre tanto — meanwhile

• mientras tanto — meanwhile

• no es para tanto — [al quejarse] it's not as bad as all that; [al enfadarse] there's no need to get like that about it

• por lo tanto — so, therefore

ni tanto así —

no nos desvíamos ni tanto así — we didn't deviate even by this much

no le tengo ni tanto así de lástima — I haven't a scrap of pity for him

¡y tanto! —

-¿necesitarás unas vacaciones? -¡y tanto! — "do you need a holiday?" - "you bet I do!"

3. ADV

1) [con verbos] [indicando duración, cantidad] so much; [indicando frecuencia] so often

se preocupa tanto que no puede dormir — he gets so worried that he can't sleep, he worries so much that he can't sleep

estoy cansada de tanto andar — I'm tired after all this walking

¡cuesta tanto comprar una casa! — buying a house is such hard work!

no deberías trabajar tanto — you shouldn't work so hard

¡no corras tanto! — don't run so fast!

ya no vamos tanto al cine — we don't go to the cinema so o as much any more

ahora no la veo tanto — I don't see so o as much of her now, I don't see her so often now

• tanto como, él gasta tanto como yo — he spends as much as I do o as me

tanto como corre, va a perder la carrera — he may be a fast runner, but he's still going to lose the race

tanto como habla no dice más que tonterías — all his talk is just hot air

tanto tú como yo — both you and I

tanto si viene como si no — whether he comes or not

• tanto es así que — so much so that
montar 2., 3)
2) [con adjetivos, adverbios]

los dos son ya mayores, aunque su mujer no tanto — the two of them are elderly, although his wife less so

• tanto como, es difícil, pero tanto como eso no creo — it's difficult, but not that difficult

es un poco tacaño, pero tanto como estafador, no — he's a bit on the mean side, but I wouldn't go so far as to call him a swindler

• es tanto más difícil — it is all the more difficult

es tanto más loable cuanto que... — it is all the more praiseworthy because...

• tanto mejor — so much the better

tanto mejor para ti — so much the better for you

• tanto peor — so much the worse

tanto peor para ti — it's your loss o that's just too bad

- ¡ni tanto ni tan calvo!

3) [en locuciones conjuntivas]

• en tanto — as (being)

estoy en contra de la leyes en tanto sistema represivo — I am against laws as (being) a repressive system

• en tanto que — (=mientras que) while; (=como) as

no puede haber democracia en tanto que siga habiendo torturas — for as long as there is torture, there can never be democracy, there cannot be democracy while there is torture

la Iglesia en tanto que institución — the Church as an institution

4. SM

1) (=cantidad)

me paga un tanto fijo cada semana — he pays me a fixed amount each week

cobra un tanto por página — he gets so much per page

¿qué tanto será? — LAm how much (is it)?

• otro tanto, las máquinas costaron otro tanto — the machines cost as much again o the same again

tanto alzado — fixed price

por un tanto alzado — for a fixed rate

tanto por ciento — percentage

2) (=punto) (Ftbl, Hockey) goal; (Baloncesto, Tenis) point

Juárez marcó el segundo tanto — Juárez scored the second goal

marcó dos tantos — he scored twice

• apuntar los tantos — to keep score

tanto a favor — goal for, point for

tanto del honor — consolation goal

tanto en contra — goal against, point against
apuntarse 3)
3)

• estar al tanto — to be up to date

estar al tanto de los acontecimientos — to be fully abreast of events

• mantener a algn al tanto de algo — to keep sb informed about sth

• poner a algn al tanto de algo — to put sb in the picture about sth

4)

• un tanto — [como adv] rather

estoy un tanto cansado — I'm rather tired

* * *
I
adverbio

1) [see note under tan] ( aplicado a adjetivo o adverbio) so; ( aplicado a verbo) so much

es tan difícil de describir — it's so difficult to describe

es una chica tan amable! — she's such a nice girl!

si es así, tanto mejor — if that's the case, so much the better

y si no te gusta, tanto peor para ti — and if you don't like it, too bad o (colloq) tough!

la tan esperada boda — the long-awaited wedding

no es tan difícil — it's not that difficult

ya no salimos tanto — nowadays we don't go out so often o so much

tan/tanto... que — so... (that)

tanto insistió que me quedé — he was so insistent that I stayed

tan/tanto... como — as... as

no es tan tímida como parece — she's not as shy as she looks

sale tanto como tú — he goes out as much o as often as you do

tan pronto como le sea posible — as soon as you can

no han mejorado tanto como para poder ganar — they haven't improved enough to win

tanto Suárez como Vargas votaron en contra — both Suárez and Vargas voted against

no lo reconocí de tan viejo que estaba — he had aged so much I didn't recognize him

2) (AmL exc RPl)

qué tanto/qué tan: ¿qué tan alto es? how tall is he?; ¿qué tanto hay de cierto en eso? — how much of it is true?

3) para locs ver tanto III 2)
II
- ta adjetivo

1)

a) (sing) so much; (pl) so many

había tanto espacio/tantos niños — there was so much space/there were so many children

tiene tanta fuerza...! — she has such strength...!

tanto tiempo sin verte! — it's been so long!

tanto/tantos... como as much/as many...as; sufro tanto como ella I suffer as much as she does; no hubo tantos turistas como el año pasado there weren't been as many o so many tourists as last year; tengo tanta suerte como tú — I'm as lucky as you are

b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas)

tenía setenta y tantos años — he was seventy something, he was seventy-odd (colloq)

cincuenta y tantos pesos — fifty and something pesos

2) (sing) (fam) ( con valor plural) so many

había tanto mosquitos — there were so many mosquitoes
III
- ta pronombre

1)

a) (sing) so much; (pl) so many

quería azúcar, pero no tanta — I wanted sugar but not that much

es uno de tantos — he's one of many

tengo tanto que hacer! — I've so much to do!

¿de verdad gana tanto? — does he really earn that much?

ni tanto ni tan calvo or tan poco — there's no need to go that far

no ser para tanto — (fam)

no te pongas así, no es para tanto — come on, there's no need to get like that about it

duele, pero no es para tanto — it hurts, but it's not that bad

tanto tienes tanto vales — you are what you own

b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas)

hasta las tantas de la madrugada — until the early hours of the morning

en mil ochocientos treinta y tantos — in eighteen thirty-something

cincuenta y tantas — fifty-odd, fifty or so

c) tanto ( refiriéndose a tiempo) so long

hace tanto que no me llama — it's been so long since she called me

aún faltan dos horas - ¿tanto? — there's still two hours to go - what? that long?

2) (en locs)

en tanto — while

en tanto + subj — as long as, so long as

en tanto tú estés aquí — as long as you're here

entre tanto — meanwhile, in the meantime

hasta tanto + subj — (frml)

hasta tanto (no) se solucione este conflicto — until this conflict is solved

otro tanto — as much again

me queda otro tanto por hacer — I have as much again still to do

cuesta $15 y las pilas, casi otro tanto — it costs $15 and then the batteries cost nearly as much again

otro tanto cabe decir de... — the same can be said of...

por (lo) tanto — therefore

tan siquiera: no pudo ni tan siquiera gritar he couldn't even shout; cómprale tan siquiera unas flores at least buy her some flowers; si tan siquiera me hubieras prevenido! if only you'd warned me!; tan sólo only; tanto es así que... so much so that...; tanto más cuanto que... — especially since...
IV
masculino

1) ( cantidad)

un tanto por ciento — a certain percentage

hay que dejar un tanto de depósito — you have to put down a certain amount as a deposit

2) ( punto - en fútbol) goal; (- en fútbol americano) point; (- en tenis, en juegos) point

apuntarse un tanto — to score a point

3) (en locs)

al tanto: me puso al tanto she put me in the picture; mantenerse al tanto de to keep up to date with; te mantendré al tanto I'll keep you informed; estar al tanto (pendiente, alerta) to be on the ball (colloq); ya está al tanto de lo ocurrido he already knows what's happened; un tanto triste — somewhat o rather o a little sad

* * *
I
adverbio

1) [see note under tan] ( aplicado a adjetivo o adverbio) so; ( aplicado a verbo) so much

es tan difícil de describir — it's so difficult to describe

es una chica tan amable! — she's such a nice girl!

si es así, tanto mejor — if that's the case, so much the better

y si no te gusta, tanto peor para ti — and if you don't like it, too bad o (colloq) tough!

la tan esperada boda — the long-awaited wedding

no es tan difícil — it's not that difficult

ya no salimos tanto — nowadays we don't go out so often o so much

tan/tanto... que — so... (that)

tanto insistió que me quedé — he was so insistent that I stayed

tan/tanto... como — as... as

no es tan tímida como parece — she's not as shy as she looks

sale tanto como tú — he goes out as much o as often as you do

tan pronto como le sea posible — as soon as you can

no han mejorado tanto como para poder ganar — they haven't improved enough to win

tanto Suárez como Vargas votaron en contra — both Suárez and Vargas voted against

no lo reconocí de tan viejo que estaba — he had aged so much I didn't recognize him

2) (AmL exc RPl)

qué tanto/qué tan: ¿qué tan alto es? how tall is he?; ¿qué tanto hay de cierto en eso? — how much of it is true?

3) para locs ver tanto III 2)
II
- ta adjetivo

1)

a) (sing) so much; (pl) so many

había tanto espacio/tantos niños — there was so much space/there were so many children

tiene tanta fuerza...! — she has such strength...!

tanto tiempo sin verte! — it's been so long!

tanto/tantos... como as much/as many...as; sufro tanto como ella I suffer as much as she does; no hubo tantos turistas como el año pasado there weren't been as many o so many tourists as last year; tengo tanta suerte como tú — I'm as lucky as you are

b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas)

tenía setenta y tantos años — he was seventy something, he was seventy-odd (colloq)

cincuenta y tantos pesos — fifty and something pesos

2) (sing) (fam) ( con valor plural) so many

había tanto mosquitos — there were so many mosquitoes
III
- ta pronombre

1)

a) (sing) so much; (pl) so many

quería azúcar, pero no tanta — I wanted sugar but not that much

es uno de tantos — he's one of many

tengo tanto que hacer! — I've so much to do!

¿de verdad gana tanto? — does he really earn that much?

ni tanto ni tan calvo or tan poco — there's no need to go that far

no ser para tanto — (fam)

no te pongas así, no es para tanto — come on, there's no need to get like that about it

duele, pero no es para tanto — it hurts, but it's not that bad

tanto tienes tanto vales — you are what you own

b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas)

hasta las tantas de la madrugada — until the early hours of the morning

en mil ochocientos treinta y tantos — in eighteen thirty-something

cincuenta y tantas — fifty-odd, fifty or so

c) tanto ( refiriéndose a tiempo) so long

hace tanto que no me llama — it's been so long since she called me

aún faltan dos horas - ¿tanto? — there's still two hours to go - what? that long?

2) (en locs)

en tanto — while

en tanto + subj — as long as, so long as

en tanto tú estés aquí — as long as you're here

entre tanto — meanwhile, in the meantime

hasta tanto + subj — (frml)

hasta tanto (no) se solucione este conflicto — until this conflict is solved

otro tanto — as much again

me queda otro tanto por hacer — I have as much again still to do

cuesta $15 y las pilas, casi otro tanto — it costs $15 and then the batteries cost nearly as much again

otro tanto cabe decir de... — the same can be said of...

por (lo) tanto — therefore

tan siquiera: no pudo ni tan siquiera gritar he couldn't even shout; cómprale tan siquiera unas flores at least buy her some flowers; si tan siquiera me hubieras prevenido! if only you'd warned me!; tan sólo only; tanto es así que... so much so that...; tanto más cuanto que... — especially since...
IV
masculino

1) ( cantidad)

un tanto por ciento — a certain percentage

hay que dejar un tanto de depósito — you have to put down a certain amount as a deposit

2) ( punto - en fútbol) goal; (- en fútbol americano) point; (- en tenis, en juegos) point

apuntarse un tanto — to score a point

3) (en locs)

al tanto: me puso al tanto she put me in the picture; mantenerse al tanto de to keep up to date with; te mantendré al tanto I'll keep you informed; estar al tanto (pendiente, alerta) to be on the ball (colloq); ya está al tanto de lo ocurrido he already knows what's happened; un tanto triste — somewhat o rather o a little sad

* * *

tanto¹

* al tanto = in the know, in step.

* al tanto de = on the lookout for, on the alert for, in step with.

* debe por lo tanto ser una consecuencia lógica que = it must therefore follow that.

* en tanto por ciento = percentage-wise.

* estar al tanto = monitor + developments.

* estar al tanto de = be on the lookout for, keep + track of, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* mantenerse al tanto = stay + tuned.

* mantenerse al tanto de = keep in + sync, keep + a finger on the pulse of, keep + track of, stay in + step with, keep in + step with, keep + step with.

* mantenerse al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* mantenerse al tanto de las noticias = keep up with + the news.

* mantenerse al tanto de los avances = track + developments.

* mientras tanto = in (the) meantime, meantime, ad interim.

* no estar al tanto de = be out of touch with.

* otros tantos = as many.

* poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.

* poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.

* poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.

* ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.

* ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.

* por lo tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.

* por tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.

tanto²

= so much, so + Participio, quite so much.

Ex: It is rather a pity that book reviewers tend to ignore this very popular genre so much.

Ex: On the other hand, 626 is now unused, for the subject to which it was originally allocated, Canal engineering, has so decreased in importance that it no longer justifies a separate heading.

Ex: But we are not then acting quite so much out of blindness or inarticulateness; we are selfishly or fearfully or wilfully trying to short-circuit what we know underneath to be more nearly the true state of things.

* cada tanto = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.

* cada tantos minutos = every few minutes.

* cada tantos + Período de Tiempo = every few + Período de Tiempo.

* cada tanto tiempo = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.

* cambiar tanto que resulta irreconocible = change + beyond (all) recognition.

* con tan buenos resultados = to such good effect.

* con tan poca antelación = at such short notice.

* con tan poca anticipación = at such short notice.

* con tanta frecuencia = so often.

* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.

* dinero que tanto ha costado ganar = hard-earned money.

* durante tanto tiempo = for so long, so long.

* durante tanto tiempo como sea posible = for as long as possible.

* en tanto en cuanto = as long as, so long as.

* en tanto en cuanto que = inasmuch as, insomuch as.

* en tanto en cuanto + Subjuntivo = provided (that).

* en tanto que = insofar as [in so far as].

* es por lo tanto deducible = it therefore follows that.

* es por lo tanto lógico que = it therefore follows that.

* estar mareado de tanto trabajo = be reeling.

* estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish, moreish.

* nada menos que + Nombre + tan + Adjetivo + como = no less + Adjetivo + Nombre + than.

* no ser tan bueno como se dice = not + it's cracked up to be.

* no tan bueno = not-so-good.

* quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.

* ser tan buen momento como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.

* ser un momento tan bueno como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.

* tan = all too + Adjetivo.

* tan + Adjetivo = most + Adjetivo, so + Adjetivo, as + Adjetivo + as that.

* tan + Adjetivo/Adverbio = all that + Adjetivo/Adverbio.

* tan + Adjetivo + como = as + Adjetivo + as, every bit as + Adjetivo + as.

* tan + Adjetivo + como de costumbre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.

* tan + Adjetivo + como siempre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.

* tan + Adverbio = ever so + Adverbio.

* tan amado de todos = so beloved of all.

* tan amado por todos = so beloved of all.

* tan a menudo = so often.

* tan anunciado = much-vaunted, much-touted, long-heralded, much-heralded.

* tan astuto como un zorro = as sly as a fox, as wily as a fox.

* tan borracho como una cuba = as drunk as a lord, as drunk as a newt, as drunk as a skunk.

* tan bueno como ningún otro = as good as any.

* tan cacareado = much-vaunted, much-touted, long-heralded, much-heralded, much acclaimed.

* tan claro como el agua = as clear as a bell.

* tan duro como el pedernal = as hard as nails.

* tan duro como la piedra = as hard as nails.

* tan duro como la suela de un zapato = as tough as leather, as tough as nails, as tough as nuts, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.

* tan duro como una piedra = as hard as nails, as tough as nuts, as tough as nails, as tough as leather, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.

* tan fácil como coser y cantar = as simple as ABC.

* tan famoso = much acclaimed.

* tan fresco = as cool as a cucumber.

* tan inocente como un bebé = as innocent as a lamb.

* tan lejano como = as far afield as.

* tan lejos como = as far away as.

* tan manso como un cordero = as meek as a lamb.

* tan pancho = as cool as a cucumber, unfazed.

* tan pregonado = much-vaunted.

* tan pronto = quite so soon.

* tan pronto como = as soon as, just as soon as, no sooner... than.

* tan pronto como + Pronombre + sea posible = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.

* tan pronto como sea posible = as soon as possible (asap), at an early a juncture as possible.

* tan querido de todos = so beloved of all.

* tan querido por todos = so beloved of all.

* tan rápido como una liebre = as quick as a wink.

* tan rápido como un rayo = as quick as a wink.

* tan rápido como un relámpago = as quick as a wink.

* tan renombrado = much acclaimed.

* tan simple como = with as little ado as.

* tan sordo como una tapia = as deaf as a post.

* tan sorprendente como pueda parecer = as amazing as it seems.

* tan suave como el terciopelo = as smooth as silk, as soft as velvet.

* tan suave como la seda = as soft as silk, as smooth as silk.

* tan suave como un guante = as meek as a lamb.

* tanto como = as many... as..., as much as + Adjetivo, both... and..., no less than, equally, if not, so much as.

* tanto como sea posible = as far as possible.

* tanto como siempre = as much as ever.

* tanto es así que = so much so that.

* tanto mejor = so much the better.

* tanto por ciento = percentage.

* tanto que = so much so that, insomuch that.

* tantos = so many.

* tanto tiempo = so much time, this long, such a very long time.

* tan tranquilo = unfazed.

* tardar tanto tiempo en = take + so long to.

* uno más de tantos en la organización = a cog in the machine.

* uno más de tantos en la organización = a cog in the wheel.

* un tanto + Adjetivo = vaguely + Adjetivo.

tanto³

³ = goal.

Ex: Kristen Taylor leads Carolina with three goals and an assist.

* encargado de anotar los tantos = scorer.

* marcar un tanto = score, poach + a goal, score + goal.

* tanto de la victoria = winning goal.

* tanto del empate = equaliser [equalizer, -USA].

* * *

tanto¹

adverb

A [ see note under tan] (aplicado a un adjetivo o adverbio) so; (aplicado a un verbo) so much

es tan difícil de describir it's so difficult to describe

¡es una chica tan amable! she's such a nice girl!

¡te he echado tanto de menos! I've missed you so much!

si es así, tanto mejor if that's the case, so much the better

y si no te gusta, tanto peor para ti and if you don't like it, too bad o ( colloq) tough!

vamos, no es tan difícil come on, it's not that difficult

¡y tanto! and how!

el tan esperado acontecimiento the long-awaited event

ya no cenamos afuera tanto nowadays we don't eat out so often o so much

de tanto que habla te marea he talks so much he makes your head spin

es tanto más importante cuanto que es su única fuente de ingresos ( frml); it is all the more important because it is his only source of income

no deberías trabajar/gastar tanto you shouldn't work so hard/spend so much

tan/tanto … QUE:

llegó tan tarde que ya no había nadie he arrived so late (that) everybody had gone

tanto insistió que no tuve más remedio que quedarme he was so insistent that I just had to stay

tan/tanto … COMO:

no es tan tímida como parece she's not as shy as she looks

sale tanto como tú/como se lo permiten los compromisos he goes out as much o as often as you do/as his commitments allow

tan pronto como le sea posible as soon as you can, as soon as possible

no han mejorado tanto como para poder ganar el torneo they haven't improved enough to win the tournament

tanto Suárez como Vargas votaron en contra both Suárez and Vargas voted against

te lo cobran tanto si lo comes como si no lo comes they charge you for it whether you eat it or not

B

( AmL exc CS): qué tanto/qué tan: ¿qué tan alto es? how tall is he?

es difícil decir qué tanto hay de autobiográfico en la novela it is difficult to say how much of the novel is autobiographical

C para locs ver tanto³ pron B. (↑ tanto (3))

tanto² -ta

adjective

A

1 ( sing) so much; (pl) so many

no sabía que había tanto espacio/tantas habitaciones I didn't know there was so much space/there were so many rooms

había tantísima gente ( fam); there were so many o such a lot of people

¡tiene tanta fuerza …! she has such strength …!, she is so strong …!

¡tanto tiempo sin verte! it's been so long!, it's been such a long time!

tanto … QUE:

comió tanto chocolate que le hizo mal he ate so much chocolate (that) it made him ill

tanto … COMO:

tengo tanto derecho como el que más I've got as much right as anyone else o as the next man

no ha habido tantos turistas como el año pasado there haven't been as many o so many tourists as last year

2 ( fam)

(expresando cantidades indeterminadas): tenía setenta y tantos años he was seventy something, he was seventy-odd ( colloq)

mil quinientos y tantos pesos one thousand five hundred and something pesos, fifteen hundred something pesos ( AmE)

B ( sing) ( fam) (con valor plural) so many

había tanto mosquito que no pudimos dormir there were so many mosquitoes we couldn't sleep

tanto³ -ta

pronoun

A

1 ( sing) so much; (pl) so many

¿no querías azúcar? — sí, pero no tanta didn't you want sugar? — yes, but not that much

vinieron tantos que no alcanzaron los asientos so many people came there weren't enough seats

es uno de tantos he's one of many

¡tengo tanto que hacer! I've so much to do!

¿de verdad gana tanto? does he really earn that much?

ni tanto ni tan calvo or tan poco there's no need to go that far

no es para tanto ( fam): no te pongas así, hombre; tampoco es para tanto come on, there's no need to get like that about it

duele un poco, pero no es para tanto it hurts a bit, but it's not that bad

no pinta mal pero tampoco es para tanto she's not a bad artist but she's not that good

tanto monta, monta tanto ( Esp); it makes no difference, it's as broad as it is long ( colloq)

tanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own

2 ( fam)

(expresando cantidades indeterminadas): hasta las tantas de la madrugada until the early hours of the morning

te cobran tanto por folio/por minuto they charge you so much a sheet/a minute

en el año mil ochocientos treinta y tantos in eighteen thirty-something

cincuenta y tantas fifty-odd, fifty or so

3

tanto (refiriéndose a tiempo) so long

hace tanto que no me llama she hasn't called me for such a long time o for so long, it's been so long since she called me

todavía faltan dos horas — ¿tanto? there's still two hours to go — what? that long?

B ( en locs):

en tanto while

en tanto ella atendía a los clientes, él cocinaba while she served the customers, he did the cooking

en tanto + SUBJ as long as, so long as

en tanto tú estés aquí as long as you're here

en tanto que ( frml) (como) as; (dado que) inasmuch as ( frml), insofar as ( frml)

entre tanto meanwhile, in the meantime

hasta tanto + SUBJ

( frml): hasta tanto (no) se solucione este conflicto until this conflict is solved

otro tanto: otro tanto cabe decir de su política exterior the same can be said of their foreign policy

me queda otro tanto por hacer I have as many again still to do

cuesta unos $15 y las pilas, casi otro tanto it costs about $15 and then the batteries cost nearly as much again

por (lo) tanto therefore

tan siquiera: ¡si tan siquiera me hubieras prevenido! if only you'd warned me!

no le escribió ni tan siquiera una notita he didn't even write her a little note

cómprale tan siquiera unas flores at least buy her some flowers o buy her some flowers, at least

tan sólo only

tenía tan sólo cuatro años he was only four years old

por tan sólo dos mil pesos for only o for as little as two thousand pesos

tanto es así or tan así es so much so

se sentía mal, tanto es así que no quiso comer she felt ill, so much so that she didn't want anything to eat

tanto más cuanto que specially since, all the more so because

es importante, tanto más cuanto que es su única fuente de ingresos it's important, specially since o all the more so because it's his only source of income

tanto⁴

masculine

A

(cantidad): recibe un tanto por ciento por cada venta she gets a percentage o a certain percentage on every sale

tienes que entregar un tanto de depósito you have to put down so much o a certain amount as a deposit

B (punto — en fútbol) goal; (— en fútbol americano) point; (— en tenis, en juegos) point

apuntarse un tanto to score a point

C ( en locs):

al tanto: me puso al tanto she put me in the picture

me mantengo al tanto de lo que pasa en el mundo I keep abreast of o I keep up to date with what is going on in the world

te mantendré al tanto I'll keep you informed

ya está al tanto de lo ocurrido he already knows what's happened

estáte al tanto para cuando venga keep an eye out for him ( colloq)

un tanto somewhat, rather, a little

un tanto triste somewhat o rather o a little sad

* * *

tanto 1 adverbio
1 [ see note under
◊ tan ] ( aplicado a adjetivo o adverbio) so;

( aplicado a verbo) so much;
◊ es tan bonito it's so beautiful;

¡es una chica tan amable! she's such a nice girl!;
tanto mejor so much the better;
tan solo only;
tanto es así que … so much so that …;
ya no salimos tanto we don't go out so often o so much now;
llegó tan tarde que … he arrived so late (that) …;
no es tan tímida como parece she's not as shy as she looks;
sale tanto como tú he goes out as much as you do;
tan pronto como puedas as soon as you can;
tanto Suárez como Vargas votaron en contra both Suárez and Vargas voted against
2 (AmL exc RPl)
◊ qué tanto/qué tan: ¿qué tanto te duele? how much does it hurt?;

¿qué tan alto es? how tall is he?
■ sustantivo masculino
1 ( cantidad):
◊ un tanto por ciento a percentage;

hay que dejar un tanto de depósito you have to put down a certain amount as a deposit
2 ( punto — en fútbol) goal;
(— en fútbol americano, tenis, juegos) point
3 ( en locs)
◊ al tanto: me puso al tanto she put me in the picture;

mantenerse al tanto de algo to keep up to date with sth;
estar al tanto (pendiente, alerta) to be on the ball (colloq);
está al tanto de lo ocurrido he knows what's happened;
un tanto somewhat, rather;
un tanto triste somewhat sad
tanto 2
◊ -ta adjetivo

a) ( sing) so much;

(pl) so many;
◊ había tanto espacio/tantos niños there was so much space/there were so many children;

¡tanto tiempo sin verte! it's been so long!;
tanto dinero/tantos turistas como … as much money/as many tourists as …
b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas):

◊ tenía setenta y tantos años he was seventy something, he was seventy-odd (colloq)

■ pronombre
1
a) ( sing) so much;

(pl) so many;
◊ ¡tengo tanto que hacer! I've so much to do!;

vinieron tantos que … so many people came (that) …;
¿de verdad gana tanto? does he really earn that much?;
no ser para tanto (fam): duele, pero no es para tanto it hurts, but it's not that bad
b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas):

◊ hasta las tantas de la madrugada until the early hours of the morning;

treinta y tantas thirty or so
c) ( refiriéndose a tiempo):

◊ hace tanto que no me llama it's been so long since she called me;

aún faltan dos horas — ¿tanto? there's still two hours to go — what? that long?
2 ( en locs)
◊ en tanto while;

entre tanto meanwhile, in the meantime;
otro tanto as much again;
me queda otro tanto por hacer I have as much again still to do;
por (lo) tanto therefore
tanto,-a
I adjetivo & pron
1 (gran cantidad, mucho) (con singular) so much
(con plural) so many: ¿cómo puedes ahorrar tanto (dinero)?, how are you able to save so much money?
no necesito tantos folios, I don't need so many sheets of paper
¡hace tanto tiempo!, it's been so long!
no es para tanto, it's not that bad
2 (cantidad imprecisa) le costó cuarenta y tantos dólares, it cost her forty-odd dollars
tiene cincuenta y tantos años, he's fifty something o fifty-odd
3 (en comparaciones: con singular) as much
(: en plural) as many: tiene tantos amigos como tú, he has as many friends as you
II adverbio tanto 1 (hasta tal punto) so much: no deberías beber tanto, you shouldn't drink so much
si vienes con nosotros, tanto mejor, if you come with us, so much the better
tanto peor, so much the worse
2 (referido a tiempo) so long: tardé un mes en escribirlo, - ¿tanto?, I spent one month writing it, - so long?
(a menudo) ya no sale tanto, nowadays he doesn't go out so often
III sustantivo masculino tanto 1 Dep point
Ftb goal
2 (una cantidad determinada) a certain amount
♦ Locuciones: figurado apuntarse un tanto, to score a point
estar al tanto, to be up-to-date
poner al tanto, to put sb in the picture
a las tantas: me llamó a las tantas de la madrugada/de la noche, she phoned me in the early hours of the morning/very late at night
entre tanto, meanwhile
otro tanto, as much again
por lo tanto, therefore
tanto (...) como (...), both: tanto Pedro como María, both Pedro and María
tanto por ciento, percentage
un tanto, somewhat, rather, a bit
un tanto cansado, rather tired
¡y tanto!, and how!
' tanto' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
alquilar
- amargada
- amargado
- atonía
- bar
- calva
- calvo
- ciento
- cuñada
- cuñado
- embrutecerse
- empañar
- escarnio
- fastidio
- griterío
- gusto
- hartar
- hermano
- histórica
- histórico
- idiotizar
- licuación
- marcar
- mejor
- mientras
- mucha
- mucho
- normal
- objeto
- padre
- para
- parecerse
- permitirse
- que
- ronca
- ronco
- satisfacción
- sobrino
- tanta
- tela
- toda
- todo
- tutearse
- ver
- vencerse
- anotar
- anular
- apuntar
- arreglar
- así
English:
acquaint
- all
- alone
- as
- awaken
- ball
- better
- bog down
- both
- critical
- delay
- din
- ear
- excitement
- fall apart
- fuss over
- hence
- labour
- lie down
- meantime
- meanwhile
- monopolize
- much
- must
- name
- neither
- packaging
- picture
- point
- privy
- rupture
- score
- scorer
- so
- somewhat
- song
- spin out
- stretch out
- such
- that
- therefore
- this
- whereas
- work
- alike
- begrudge
- cope
- every
- fail
- follow

* * *

tanto, -a

♦ adj

1. [gran cantidad] [singular] so much;
[plural] so many;
tanto dinero so much money, such a lot of money;

tanta gente so many people;

tiene tanto entusiasmo/tantos amigos que… she is so enthusiastic/has so many friends that…;
Fam
nunca había visto tanto niño junto en mi vida I'd never seen so many children in one place;

de tanto gritar se quedó afónico he lost his voice from all that shouting, he shouted so much that he lost his voice;

¡tanto quejarse del tiempo y luego se mudan a Alaska! they never stop complaining about the weather and then they move to Alaska!

2. [cantidad indeterminada] [singular] so much;
[plural] so many;
nos daban tantos pesos al día they used to give us so many pesos per day;

hay cuarenta y tantos candidatos there are forty-odd o forty or so candidates;

tiene treinta y tantos años she's thirty-something o thirty-odd;

nos conocimos en el año sesenta y tantos we met in nineteen sixty-something

3. [en comparaciones]
tanto… como as much… as;

tantos… como as many… as;

hoy no hay tanta gente como ayer there aren't as many people today as yesterday

♦ pron

1. [tan gran cantidad] [singular] so much;
[plural] so many;
tenemos tanto de qué hablar we have so much o such a lot to talk about;

¿cómo puedes tener tantos? how can you have so many?;

éramos tantos que faltó comida there were so many of us we ran out of food;

Comp

ser uno de tantos to be nothing special

2. [cantidad indeterminada] [singular] so much;
[plural] so many;
si el petróleo está a tanto el barril… if oil costs so much a barrel…;

a tantos de agosto on such and such a date in August;

debe de andar por los cuarenta y tantos he must be forty-odd;

ocurrió en el sesenta y tantos it happened in nineteen sixty-something

3. [igual cantidad] [singular] as much;
[plural] as many;
tantos as many;

tantos como desees as many as you like;

había mucha gente aquí, pero allí no había tanta there were a lot of people here, but there weren't as many there;

otro tanto as much again, the same again;

otro tanto le ocurrió a los demás the same thing happened to the rest of them;

ponme otro tanto same again, please;

Comp
Fam
ni tanto ni tan calvo there's no need to go to extremes;

Comp
Esp
tanto monta, monta tanto it makes no difference, it's all the same to me/him/ etc

♦ adv

1. [mucho]
tanto (que…) [cantidad] so much (that…);
[tiempo] so long (that…);
no bebas tanto don't drink so much;

de eso hace tanto que ya no me acordaba it's been so long since that happened that I don't even remember;

la aprecia tanto que… he's so fond of her that…;

ya no llueve tanto it's not raining as much o so hard now;

ya no vienen tanto por aquí they don't come here so often o as much any more;

la quiero, pero no tanto I like her, but not that much;

quizás tardemos una hora en llegar – ¡no tanto! it may take us an hour to get there – it won't take that long!;

¿nos denunciarán? – no creo que la cosa llegue a tanto will they report us? – I don't think it will come to that;

no es para tanto [no es tan grave, malo] it's not too serious;
[no te enfades] there's no need to get so upset about it, it's not such a big deal;
¿el mejor escritor de la historia? yo creo que no es para tanto the best writer ever? I don't see what all the fuss is about myself;

faltan cien kilómetros todavía – ¿tanto? there are still a hundred kilometres to go – as much as that?;

tanto (es así) que… so much so that…;

odia las fiestas, tanto es así que no celebra ni su cumpleaños he hates parties, so much so that he doesn't even celebrate his own birthday;

tanto más cuanto que… all the more so because…;

tanto mejor/peor so much the better/worse;

si no nos quieren invitar, tanto peor para ellos if they don't want to invite us, that's their loss;

¡y tanto! absolutely!, you bet!;

hay cosas más importantes en la vida – ¡y tanto! there are more important things in life – there certainly are! o that's too true!

2. [en comparaciones]
tanto como as much as;

me gusta tanto como a ti I like it (just) as much as you do;

la casa está deteriorada, pero no tanto como para demolerla the house is in a poor state of repair, but not so as you'd want to demolish it;

tanto hombres como mujeres both men and women;

tanto si estoy en casa como si no whether I'm at home or not

3. Am
qué tanto [cuánto]: [m5]¿qué tanto lo conoces? how well do you know him?;

no importa qué tanto sepan de tecnología it doesn't matter how much they know about technology

♦ nm

1. [punto] point;
[gol] goal;
marcar un tanto to score

Comp
tanto directo de saque [en tenis] ace;
tanto de saque [en tenis] service point

2. [ventaja] point;

apuntarse un tanto (a favor) to earn a point in one's favour

3. [poco]
un tanto a bit, rather;

es un tanto pesada she's a bit of a bore o rather boring;

se le ve un tanto triste he seems rather sad

4. [cantidad indeterminada]
un tanto so much, a certain amount;

te cobran un tanto por la reparación y otro por el desplazamiento they charge you so much o a certain amount for the repair work and on top of that a call-out charge;

un tanto así [acompañado de un gesto] this much

Comp
tanto por ciento percentage;
¿qué tanto por ciento de IVA llevan los libros? what percentage Br VAT o US sales tax do you pay on books?

♦ al tanto loc adv

siempre está al tanto de todo she always knows everything that's going on;

no estoy al tanto de lo que ha pasado I'm not up to date with what happened;

mantener a alguien al tanto de algo [informado] to keep sb up to date on o informed about sth;

te mantendremos al tanto we'll keep you informed;

mantenerse al tanto (de algo) to keep up to date (on sth), to keep oneself informed (about sth);

poner a alguien al tanto (de algo) to inform sb (about sth)

♦ en tanto que loc conj

1. [mientras, hasta que] while;

espera en tanto que acabamos wait while we finish

2. [mientras, pero] while, whereas;

él dimitió en tanto que los demás siguieron en el cargo he resigned while o whereas the others remained in their posts

♦ en tanto que loc prep
[como] as;
en tanto que director, me corresponde la decisión as manager, it's for me to decide

♦ entre tanto loc adv
[mientras] meanwhile;
haz las camas y entre tanto, yo lavo los platos you make the beds and, meanwhile, I'll do the dishes

♦ hasta tanto loc conj
[hasta que] until;
hasta tanto no se reúnan until they meet

♦ por (lo) tanto loc conj

therefore, so

* * *

tanto

I adj so much; igual cantidad as much;

tantos pl so many; igual número as many;

comí tantos pasteles que me puse malo I ate so many candies that I was ill;

no vimos tantos pájaros como ayer we didn’t see as many birds as we did yesterday

II pron so much; igual cantidad as much;

un tanto a little;

tantos pl so many; igual número as many;

uno de tantos one of many;

tienes tanto you have so much;

no hay tantos como ayer there aren’t as many as yesterday;

a las tantas de la noche in the small hours

III adv so much; igual cantidad as much; periodo so long;

tardó tanto como él she took as long as him;

tanto mejor so much the better;

no es para tanto it’s not such a big deal;

a tanto no llega things aren’t as bad as that;

tanto es así que … so much so that…;

tanto (me) da I don’t really care;

¡y tanto! yeah!, right on!

IV en locuciones

:

por lo tanto therefore, so;

entre tanto meanwhile;

ella trabajaba en tanto que él veía la televisión she was working while he was watching television

V m

1 point;

apuntarse o

marcar un tanto DEP score a point;

tanto por ciento percentage

2

:

estar al tanto be informed (de about)

3

:

él es muy inteligente, y ella otro tanto he is very intelligent and so is she o and she is too

* * *

tanto adv

1) : so much

tanto mejor: so much the better

2) : so long

¿por qué te tardaste tanto?: why did you take so long?

tanto, -ta adj

1) : so much, so many, such

no hagas tantas preguntas: don't ask so many questions

tiene tanto encanto: he has such charm, he's so charming

2) : as much, as many

come tantos dulces como yo: she eats as many sweets as I do

3) : odd, however many

cuarenta y tantos años: forty-odd years

tanto nm

1) : certain amount

2) : goal, point (in sports)

3)

al tanto : abreast, in the picture

4)

un tanto : somewhat, rather

un tanto cansado: rather tired

tanto, -ta pron

1) : so much, so many

tiene tanto que hacer: she has so much to do

¡no me des tantos!: don't give me so many!

2)

entre tanto : meanwhile

3)

por lo tanto : therefore

* * *

tanto¹ adj pron

1. (con nombres incontables) so much

no deberías tomar tanto café you shouldn't drink so much coffee

2. (con nombres contables) so many

¡hay tantos mosquitos! there are so many mosquitoes!

Cuando se traduce con un adjetivo en inglés, se usa so a secas

hace tanto frío it's so cold

hacía tanto calor it was so hot

tengo tanta hambre I'm so hungry

tanto... como as much... as / as many... as

Depende de si el nombre es contable o incontable

tiene tanto dinero como tú he's got as much money as you

tenéis tantos gatos como nosotros you've got as many cats as us

por lo tanto therefore

... y tantos... something

tiene treinta y tantos años he's thirty something

las tantas the early hours

tanto² adv

1. (en general) so much

no deberías fumar tanto you shouldn't smoke so much

2. (tiempo) so long

tardabas tanto, que me fui you took so long, that I went

no es para tanto it's not that bad

tanto... como... both... and...

tanto tú como yo sabemos como es both you and I know what he's like

tanto mejor so much the better

tanto³ n point / goal

tanto por ciento percentage

estar al tanto (saber) to know (estar alerta) to be on the alert

poner a alguien al tanto to put someone in the picture

Spanish-English dictionary > tanto
13 fare

1. v/t do

vestito, dolce, errore make

biglietto, benzina buy, get

fare ( dello) sport play sport

fare il pieno fill up

fare un bagno have a bath

fare il conto al ristorante prepare the bill

fare il medico/l'insegnante be a doctor/teacher

non fa niente it doesn't matter

fare vedere qualcosa a qualcuno show something to someone

farcela manage

non ce la faccio più I can't take any more

2 più 2 fa 4 2 and 2 make(s) 4

quanto fa? how much is it?

far fare qualcosa a qualcuno get someone to do something

2. v/i: questo non fa per me this isn't for me

faccia pure! go ahead!, carry on!

qui fa bello/brutto the weather here is nice/awful

fa freddo/caldo it's cold/warm

* * *

fare v.tr.

1 ( in senso generale, astratto, morale, intellettuale e nel senso di agire) to do*: che cosa fai?, what are you doing?; avere molto da fare, to have a great deal to do (o to be kept hard at work); non avere nulla da fare, to have nothing to do; non fare nulla, to do nothing; che debbo fare ( di lui)?, what shall I do (with him)?; che fare ora?, what is to be done now?; che si doveva fare?, what was to be done? // che diavolo stai facendo?, what are you up to? (o what on earth are you doing?) // dovrai farne a meno, you'll have to do without (it) // detto fatto, no sooner said than done // ecco fatto!, that's done! // non fa altro che dormire, he does nothing but sleep // nulla da fare, (fam.) nothing doing // fare senza, to do without; fare alla meglio, to do carelessly // fare bene, to do properly (o to do well) // fare del proprio meglio, tutto il possibile, to do one's utmost (o one's best) // fare bene, male a qlcu., to do s.o. good, harm: questa medicina ti farà bene, this medicine will do you good; il vino mi fa male, wine doesn't agree with me; fare il giro dei locali notturni, to do the night-clubs // chi fa da sé fa per tre, (prov.) if you want a thing done well do it yourself // non fare agli altri quello che non vorresti fosse fatto a te, (prov.) do as you would be done by

2 ( prevalentemente nel senso di creare, produrre, fabbricare; realizzare) to make*: farei una camicetta con questa seta, I'd make a blouse out of this silk; fare un abito, una torta, to make a dress, a cake; fare il caffè, il tè, to make coffee, tea; il fornaio fa il pane, the baker makes bread; il vino si fa con l'uva, wine is made from grapes; è il parlamento che fa le leggi, laws are made by Parliament; ti farò una lista dei libri che mi occorrono, I'll make a list of the books I need; non far rumore, don't make a noise; fare i letti, to make the beds // fare amicizia, to make friends: farsi degli amici, dei nemici, to make friends, enemies; farsi un nemico di qlcu., to make an enemy of s.o. // fare un errore, to make a mistake // fare mistero di qlco., to make a mystery of sthg. // fare posto a qlcu., to make room for s.o. // fare il totale, to make up the total // 3 più 3 fa 6, 3 and 3 make 6 (o 3 and 3 are 6); 2 per 2 fa 4, twice 2 is 4

3 ( essere) ( come professione), to be: fare l'insegnante, il medico, la spia, to be a teacher, a doctor, a spy // fare parte del personale, to be a member of the staff

4 ( avere, possedere) to have: il villaggio fa duecento abitanti, the village has two hundred inhabitants

5 ( rifornirsi) to take* on: la nave fece acqua e carbone, the ship took on water and coal // (aut.) fare il pieno, to fill up

6 ( dire) to say*: 'Quando partite?', fece egli, 'When are you leaving?', he said // non fare motto, to utter not a word

7 ( eleggere, nominare) to make*, to elect, to appoint: lo fecero re, they made him king (o he was appointed king)

8 ( reputare) to repute; to think*: non lo facevo così sciocco, I did not think he was so silly

9 ( scrivere) to write*; ( dipingere) to paint: ha fatto un bel ritratto a mia sorella, he painted a beautiful portrait of my sister

10 ( indicare, segnare) to make*; to be: che ore fai?, what time do you make it?; che ora fa il tuo orologio?, what time is it by your watch?; questo orologio fa le cinque, it is five o' clock by this watch

11 (teatr.) ( rappresentare) to perform: questa settimana all'Odeon fanno l''Amleto', 'Hamlet' is being performed at the Odeon (o 'Hamlet' is on at the Odeon) this week

12 ( far la parte di) to act (as); (teatr.) to play (as); ( fingere) to feign: mi fa da governante, she acts as my housekeeper; quell'attore nell''Otello' farà la parte di Jago, that actor is going to play Iago in 'Othello'; fare l'ignorante, to feign ignorance; fare il morto, (fig.) to feign death

13 ( praticare) to go* in for; ( giocare) to play: fare della bicicletta, dello sport, dell'automobilismo, della politica, to go in for cycling, sport, motoring, politics; fare del tennis, to play tennis; fare del nuoto, to swim // fare del teatro, del cinema, to be an actor, a cinema-actor // fare un po' di musica, to play some music

14 ( pulire) to clean: fare una stanza, to clean a room (o fam. to do a room); fare i piatti, to wash up

15 ( generare) to bear*; to have: quella cagna il mese scorso ha fatto tre cuccioli, that bitch had three puppies last month

16 ( trasformare) to turn into: puoi farci un grembiule, you can turn it into an apron

17 ( percorrere) to go*: fare dieci chilometri a piedi, a cavallo, to walk, to ride ten kilometres; fare sessanta chilometri all'ora, to drive at sixty kilometres an hour; fare quattro passi per un sentiero, to go for (o to take) a stroll along a path; abbiamo fatto 3000 km in due giorni, we covered (o did) 3000 km in two days

18 ( passare, trascorrere) to spend*: dove hai fatto le vacanze?, where did you spend your holidays?; fece dieci anni di prigione, he did ten years in prison

19 ( in sostituzione del verbo usato nella proposizione reggente) to do*: spese il suo denaro meglio di quel che avrei fatto io, he spent his money better than I would have done; lui se ne è andato e così ho fatto io, he went away and so did I

20 ( con valore causativo seguito da infinito) to have, to get*; ( causare) to cause; to make*; ( lasciare, permettere) to let*: fa' venire l'idraulico, get the plumber to come; devo far aggiustare l'auto, I must have the car repaired; fallo smettere!, make him stop!; fatti (fare) un nuovo abito!, have a new suit made!; il tuo ritardo mi fece perdere il treno, your being late caused me to miss the train; far fare qlco., to have (o to get) sthg. done; fare partire una macchina, to start a machine; fare aspettare qlcu., to keep s.o. waiting; fare sapere a qlcu., to let s.o. know (o to inform s.o.); fare uscire, entrare, to let s.o. out, in; fare vedere qlco. a qlcu., to let s.o. see sthg. (o to show s.o. sthg.) // fare chiamare qlcu., to send for s.o. // fare notare a qlcu., to point out to s.o. // fare osservare qlco. a qlcu., to call s.o.'s attention to sthg. // far pagare, to charge: far pagare troppo, poco, to overcharge, to undercharge // far salire i prezzi, to raise prices.

◆ v. intr.

1 impers. ( di condizioni atmosferiche): che tempo fa?, what is the weather like?; fa brutto tempo, bel tempo, it is bad weather, fine weather; fa caldo, caldissimo, molto freddo, it is warm, hot, very cold

2 ( essere adatto) to suit: questa casa non fa per me, this house doesn't suit me

3 ( seguito da consecutive): fare in modo di, to try to (do); fate che non vi veda, don't let him see you; fate in modo di non farvi vedere, take care not to be seen // fare sì che, fare in modo che, to arrange, to make sure, to get, to make*: fece sì che tutti fossero d'accordo con lui, he got everyone to agree with him; hanno fatto in modo che tutti fossero soddisfatti, they made sure everybody was happy; fecero sì che io lo incontrassi, they arranged (o made arrangements) for me to meet him

4 ( stare per) to be about: fece per entrare quando..., he was about to enter, when...

5 fare in tempo a, to manage to (do): ce la fece appena a prendere il treno, he just managed (o he was just in time) to catch his train.

◘ farsi v.rifl. o intr.pron.

1 ( diventare) to become*; ( gradualmente) to grow*: si è fatto un bel giovane, he has become a handsome young man; si sono fatti più gentili, they have become more amiable; ti sei fatto molto alto, you have grown (o become) very tall; fare cattolico, to turn Catholic (o to become a Roman Catholic) // fare bello, ( vantarsi) to boast

2 ( moto) to come*; to get*: su, fatevi in là!, get out of my way, please!; fare avanti, to go forward, (fig.) to thrust oneself forward

3 ( seguito da infinito) to make* oneself; to get*: fare amare, capire, odiare, to make oneself loved, understood, hated; fatti aiutare da qualcuno, get someone to help you; fare notare, to attract attention, ( di proposito) to make oneself conspicuous

4 impers. ( di tempo e di condizioni atmosferiche) to get*; to grow*: si fa buio, it is getting dark; si fa tardi, it is growing late

5 (sl.) ( drogarsi) to shoot* up; to take* drugs.

fare s.m.

1 doing, making // dal dire al fare c'è di mezzo il mare, there's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip

2 ( modi, maniere) manner; way; ( comportamento) behaviour: il suo fare modesto, his modest manner; ha un brutto ( modo di) fare, he has an unpleasant manner; ha un fare molto simpatico, he has winning ways (o he has a pleasant manner); non mi piace il suo fare, I don't like his manners

3 ( inizio) sul fare del giorno, at daybreak (o dawn); sul fare della notte, at nightfall.

* * *

1. ['fare]
vb irreg vt
1) (fabbricare: gen) to make, (casa) to build, (quadro) to paint, (disegno) to draw, (pasto) to cook, (pane, dolci) to bake, (assegno) to make out

fanno la stessa classe — they are in the same year

fare un corso — (tenere) to give a series of lessons, teach a course, (seguire) to do a course

che cosa ne hai fatto di quei pantaloni? — what have you done with those trousers?

fare un errore — to make a mistake

ha fatto la mia felicità — he made me so happy

fare una festa — to have o hold a party

ha fatto un figlio — she's had a baby

quest'albero non fa frutti — this tree doesn't bear fruit

hai fatto il letto? — have you made the bed?

lo hanno fatto presidente — they made him president

fare una promessa — to make a promise

hai fatto la stanza? — have you cleaned the room?

2) (attività: gen) to do, (vacanza, sogno) to have

a scuola facciamo chimica — at school we do chemistry

fare i compiti — to do one's homework

cosa fai? — (adesso) what are you doing?, (nella vita) what do you do?, what is your job?

non posso farci nulla — I can't do anything about it

fare la spesa — to do the shopping

fare del tennis — to play tennis

3) (funzione) to be, Teatro to play, be, act

fare l' avvocato — to be a lawyer

fare finta di essere stanco — to pretend to be tired

fare l' innocente — to act the innocent

fare il malato — to pretend to be ill

fare il medico — to be a doctor

fare il morto — (in acqua) to float

nel film fa il padre — in the film he plays the father

4) (percorrere) to do

fare i 100 metri — (competere) to go in for o run in the 100 metres

fa i 100 metri in 10,5 — he does the 100 metres in 10.5

abbiamo fatto 5 chilometri — we've done 5 kilometres

fare una passeggiata — to go for o take a walk

fare un viaggio — to go on a trip, make a journey

5)

(suscitare: sentimenti) fa niente — it doesn't matter

mi fa orrore — it horrifies me

fare paura a — to frighten

mi fa rabbia — it makes me angry

6)

(considerare) ti facevo più intelligente — I thought you had more sense

ti facevo al mare — I thought you were at the seaside

lo facevo più vecchio — I thought he was older

7)

(ammontare) due più due fa quattro — two plus two make(s) o equal(s) four

la città non fa più di 2 milioni di abitanti — the city hasn't more than 2 million inhabitants

che differenza fa? — what difference does it make?

fa 50 euro, signora — that'll be 50 euros, madam

glielo faccio 100 euro — I'll give it to you o I'll let you have it for 100 euros

che ora fa il tuo orologio? — what time is it by your watch?

8)

(+ infinito) le faremo avere la merce — we'll get the goods to you

l'hanno fatto entrare in macchina — (costringere) they forced him into the car, they made him get into the car, (lasciare) they let him get into the car

lo farò fare a lei — I'll get her to do it, I'll have her do it

farsi fregare — to be taken for a ride

far piangere qn — to make sb cry

far riparare la macchina — to have one's car repaired

far scongelare — to defrost, thaw out

far soffrire qn — to make sb suffer

mi son fatto tagliare i capelli — I've had my hair cut

fammi vedere — let me see

fare venire qn — to send for sb

9)

farsi; farsi la barba — to have a shave

farsi la barca — to get a boat

farsi una gonna — to make o.s. a skirt

farsi la macchina — to get a car

si fa da mangiare da solo — he does his own cooking

si è fatto mia moglie fam — he's had it off with my wife

farsi un nome — to make a name for o.s.

10)

(fraseologia) farla a qn — to get the better of sb

me l'hanno fatta! — (imbrogliare) I've been done!, (derubare) I've been robbed!, (lasciare nei guai) I've been lumbered!

farcela — to succeed, manage

ne ha fatta una delle sue — he's done it again

non ce la faccio più — (a camminare) I can't go on, (a sopportare) I can't take any more

ce la facciamo? — do you think we'll make it?

farla finita con qc — to have done with sth

fare del proprio meglio — to do one's best

non c'è niente da fare — it's no use

ormai è stato deciso e non c'è niente da fare — it's been decided and there's nothing we can do about it

ha fatto di sì con la testa — he nodded

2. vi (aus avere)

1) (agire) to do

fare presto — to be quick

faccia pure! — go ahead!

saperci fare con — (situazioni, persone) to know how to deal with

ci sa fare coi bambini/con le macchine — he's good with children/cars

ci sa fare con le donne — he's a smooth operator with women

ci sa fare — he's quite good

fate come volete — do as you please

2)

(dire) "davvero?" fece — "really?" he said

3)

questo non si fa — it's not done, you (just) can't do that

si fa così! — you do it like this, this is the way it's done

non si fa così — (rimprovero) that's no way to behave!

questa festa non si farà! — this party won't take place!

4)

(fraseologia) fa proprio al caso nostro — it's just what we need

avere a che fare con qn — to have sth to do with sb

non so che farmene di lui — I don't know what to do with him

fare da — (funzioni) to act as

fare da padre a qn — to be like a father to sb

la cucina fa anche da sala da pranzo — the kitchen also serves as o is also used as a dining room

fai in modo che non ti vedano — make sure they don't see you

fare per — (essere adatto) to be suitable for, (essere sul punto di) to be about to

fece per uscire e poi si fermò — he made as if to go out and then stopped

non fa per me — it isn't (suitable) for me

fare a pugni — to come to blows, fig to clash

fare in tempo a... — to be in time to...

il grigio fa vecchio — grey makes you o one look older

3. vb impers

fa caldo — it's hot

fa freddo — it's cold

fa notte — it's getting dark

4. vr (farsi)

1)

(rendersi) farsi amico di qn — to make friends with sb

è andata a farsi bella — she's gone to make herself beautiful

farsi notare — to get o.s. noticed

farsi prete — to become a priest

2)

(spostarsi) farsi avanti — to move forward, fig to come forward

fatti più in là! — move along a bit!

3) (gergo: drogarsi) to do drugs

5. vip (farsi)

(divenire) to become

farsi bello — to grow beautiful

farsi grande — to grow tall

si fa notte — it's getting dark

farsi vecchio — to grow old

6. sm

con fare distratto — absent-mindedly

ha un fare simpatico — he has a pleasant manner

sul far del giorno/della notte — at daybreak/nightfall

* * *
I 1. ['fare]
verbo transitivo

1) (in senso generico e astratto) to do*

non avere niente da fare — to have nothing to do

che cosa posso fare per te? — what can I do for you?

che cosa dobbiamo fare con te! — what are we to do with you!

2) (preparare, fabbricare, creare) to make* [torta, tè, vino, vestito, mobile, pezzi di ricambio, film]

fare del pollo — to cook some chicken

che cosa faccio per pranzo? — what shall I cook for lunch?

3) (produrre, provocare) to make* [macchia, buco, rumore]

4) (dare come risultato)

tre più due fa cinque — three and two make five

quanto fa 3 per 3? — what's 3 times 3?

9 meno 7 fa 2 — 9 minus 7 leaves 2

5) (redigere, scrivere) to do* [traduzione, tesi]; (emanare) to make* [ legge]

6) (come professione, mestiere)

che lavoro fai? — what's your job?

cosa fai (di mestiere)? — what do you do (for a living)?

fare il medico, l'insegnante — to be a doctor, a teacher; (come sport, hobby) to do* [aerobica, giardinaggio]

7) (a scuola) to do*, to study [materia, facoltà, testo, autore]; to do* [ corso]

fare (la) prima — to be in the first year

8) (trascorrere) to spend* [ vacanze]

fare tre mesi di prigione — to do three months in prison

hai fatto buon viaggio? — did you have a pleasant journey?

9) (rifornirsi di)

fare benzina — to get some petrol

fare legna — to gather wood

10) (percorrere) to do* [tragitto, chilometri]

fare l'autostrada — to take the motorway

11) (avere) to have* [infarto, orecchioni, otite]

12) (provocare, causare)

fare del bene, del male a qcn. — to do sb. good, harm

la pastiglia non mi ha fatto niente — the tablet didn't do anything

non ti farò niente — I won't do anything to you

Signore, fa' che non gli succeda niente — may God protect him!

13) (far diventare) to make*

fare felice qcn. — to make sb. happy

fare qcn. presidente — to make sb. president

14) (considerare)

ti facevo più intelligente — I thought you were cleverer

15) (fingersi)

fare il malato, il coraggioso — to pretend to be ill, brave

16) (interpretare) [ attore] to play [parte, ruolo]

17) (seguito da infinito) (con valore causativo)

fare piangere qcn. — to make sb. cry

fare perdere qcs. a qcn. — to make sb. lose sth.; (permettere, lasciare)

fare andare qcn. — to let sb. go; (convincere)

gli ho fatto prendere un appuntamento — I got him to make an appointment

18) (riferito all'ora)

che ora fai? — what time do you make it o have you got?

faccio le due — I make it two o'clock

che ora fa l'orologio? — what time does the clock say?

19) (costare)

quanto fa? — how much is it?

fa o fanno 5 euro — it's 5 euros

20) (partorire) [donna, animale] to have* [bambino, cuccioli]

21) (dire)

"certo" fece lei — "of course" she said

poi fa "e i miei soldi?" — colloq. so he goes "what about my money?"

il gatto fa "miao" — the cat goes "miaow"
2.
verbo intransitivo (aus. avere)

1) (agire, procedere) to do*

non ho potuto fare altrimenti — I couldn't do otherwise

fai come vuoi — do as you like

facciamo alle sei — let's make it six o'clock

2) (essere adatto)

questo è il posto che fa per me — this is the place for me

vivere a Londra non fa per me — living in London is not for me

3) fare per (essere in procinto di)

fare per andarsene — to be about to leave; (fare l'atto di)

fece per baciarlo — she made as if to kiss him

4) fare da (fungere da) [ persona] to act as; (servire da) [ cosa] to function o act o serve as

5) (essere espresso in una certa forma)

come fa la canzone? — how does the song go?

6) (riuscire)

come fai a leggere quella robaccia? — how can you read that junk?

"come si fa?" - "così" — "how do I do it?" - "like this"

come faccio a saperlo? — how should I know?

7) farcela

ce l'ho fatta! — I made it!

ce la fai a finirlo? — can you manage to finish it?

non ce la faccio più! — I've had it! I can't take any more!
3.
verbo impersonale

1) (riferito a tempo atmosferico o condizioni di luce)

fa freddo — it's cold

fa buio — it's getting o growing dark

2) (riferito a durata)

oggi fanno sei anni che è partito — it's six years today since he left
4.
verbo pronominale farsi

1) (preparare, fabbricare, creare per sé) to make* oneself [caffè, vestito]

- rsi da mangiare — to do one's own cooking

2) (concedersi) to have* [birra, pizza, chiacchierata]

3) (procurar si)

-rsi degli amici, dei nemici — to make friends, enemies; colloq. (comprarsi) to get* oneself [macchina, moto]

4) pop. (possedere sessualmente) to have*, to make* (out with) [ persona]

5) gerg. (drogarsi) to get* stoned (di on), to do* drugs

6) (diventare)

-rsi suora, cristiano — to become a nun, a Christian

si è fatta bella — she's grown up a beauty

il cielo si fece grigio — the sky went o turned grey

si fa tardi — it's getting late

7) (per indicare movimento)

-rsi avanti, indietro — to come forward, to stand back

- rsi in là — to budge over o up

8) (formarsi) to form [idea, immagine]

9) (seguito da infinito)

- rsi sentire — to make oneself heard

- rsi tagliare i capelli — to have o get one's hair cut

- rsi operare — to have surgery

10) (sottoporsi a) to have* [lifting, permanente]

11) (procurarsi)

- rsi un bernoccolo — to get a bump

- rsi un livido su un braccio — to bruise one's arm

12) (reciprocamente)

-rsi carezze, dispetti — to caress each other, to play tricks on each other

13) farsela (intendersela) to jack around AE ( con with); (in una relazione amorosa) to run* around ( con with)

••

avere a che fare — to have to do ( con with)

non avere niente a che fare — to have nothing to do ( con with)

avere da fare — to be busy, to have things to do

(non) fa niente! — it doesn't matter, never mind!

a me non la si fa! — = I wasn't born yesterday!

farsela addosso — (urinare) to wet oneself; (defecare) to shit oneself pop.; (dalla paura) to be scared shitless pop., to shit bricks pop., to brick it

farsela sotto — (dalla paura) to be scared shitless, to shit bricks, to brick it

che cosa vuoi che ci faccia? che cosa ci posso fare io? what do you want me to do about it? non ci si può fare nulla it can't be helped; non ci posso fare niente se... I can't help it if...; non so che farmene di... — I have no need for
II ['fare]
sostantivo maschile

1) (comportamento) manner, behaviour BE, behavior AE

avere un fare gentile — to have a kind manner

2) (inizio)

sul fare del giorno, della notte — at daybreak, nightfall

* * *

fare¹

/'fare/ [8]

I verbo transitivo

1 (in senso generico e astratto) to do*; non avere niente da fare to have nothing to do; che cosa posso fare per te? what can I do for you? che cosa dobbiamo fare con te! what are we to do with you!

2 (preparare, fabbricare, creare) to make* [torta, tè, vino, vestito, mobile, pezzi di ricambio, film]; fare del pollo to cook some chicken; che cosa faccio per pranzo? what shall I cook for lunch?

3 (produrre, provocare) to make* [macchia, buco, rumore]

4 (dare come risultato) tre più due fa cinque three and two make five; quanto fa 3 per 3? what's 3 times 3? 9 meno 7 fa 2 9 minus 7 leaves 2

5 (redigere, scrivere) to do* [traduzione, tesi]; (emanare) to make* [ legge]

6 (come professione, mestiere) che lavoro fai? what's your job? cosa fai (di mestiere)? what do you do (for a living)? fare il medico, l'insegnante to be a doctor, a teacher; (come sport, hobby) to do* [aerobica, giardinaggio]

7 (a scuola) to do*, to study [materia, facoltà, testo, autore]; to do* [ corso]; fare (la) prima to be in the first year

8 (trascorrere) to spend* [ vacanze]; fare tre mesi di prigione to do three months in prison; hai fatto buon viaggio? did you have a pleasant journey?

9 (rifornirsi di) fare benzina to get some petrol; fare legna to gather wood

10 (percorrere) to do* [tragitto, chilometri]; fare l'autostrada to take the motorway

11 (avere) to have* [infarto, orecchioni, otite]

12 (provocare, causare) fare del bene, del male a qcn. to do sb. good, harm; la pastiglia non mi ha fatto niente the tablet didn't do anything; non ti farò niente I won't do anything to you; Signore, fa' che non gli succeda niente may God protect him!

13 (far diventare) to make*; fare felice qcn. to make sb. happy; fare qcn. presidente to make sb. president

14 (considerare) ti facevo più intelligente I thought you were cleverer

15 (fingersi) fare il malato, il coraggioso to pretend to be ill, brave

16 (interpretare) [ attore] to play [parte, ruolo]

17 (seguito da infinito) (con valore causativo) fare piangere qcn. to make sb. cry; fare perdere qcs. a qcn. to make sb. lose sth.; (permettere, lasciare) fare andare qcn. to let sb. go; (convincere) gli ho fatto prendere un appuntamento I got him to make an appointment

18 (riferito all'ora) che ora fai? what time do you make it o have you got? faccio le due I make it two o'clock; che ora fa l'orologio? what time does the clock say?

19 (costare) quanto fa? how much is it? fa o fanno 5 euro it's 5 euros

20 (partorire) [donna, animale] to have* [bambino, cuccioli]

21 (dire) "certo" fece lei "of course" she said; poi fa "e i miei soldi?" colloq. so he goes "what about my money?"; il gatto fa "miao" the cat goes "miaow"

II verbo intransitivo

(aus. avere)

1 (agire, procedere) to do*; non ho potuto fare altrimenti I couldn't do otherwise; fai come vuoi do as you like; facciamo alle sei let's make it six o'clock

2 (essere adatto) questo è il posto che fa per me this is the place for me; vivere a Londra non fa per me living in London is not for me

3 fare per (essere in procinto di) fare per andarsene to be about to leave; (fare l'atto di) fece per baciarlo she made as if to kiss him

4 fare da (fungere da) [ persona] to act as; (servire da) [ cosa] to function o act o serve as

5 (essere espresso in una certa forma) come fa la canzone? how does the song go?

6 (riuscire) come fai a leggere quella robaccia? how can you read that junk? "come si fa?" - "così" "how do I do it?" - "like this"; come faccio a saperlo? how should I know?

7 farcela ce l'ho fatta! I made it! ce la fai a finirlo? can you manage to finish it? non ce la faccio più! I've had it! I can't take any more!

III verbo impersonale

1 (riferito a tempo atmosferico o condizioni di luce) fa freddo it's cold; fa buio it's getting o growing dark

2 (riferito a durata) oggi fanno sei anni che è partito it's six years today since he left

IV farsi verbo pronominale

1 (preparare, fabbricare, creare per sé) to make* oneself [caffè, vestito]; - rsi da mangiare to do one's own cooking

2 (concedersi) to have* [birra, pizza, chiacchierata]

3 (procurar si) -rsi degli amici, dei nemici to make friends, enemies; colloq. (comprarsi) to get* oneself [macchina, moto]

4 pop. (possedere sessualmente) to have*, to make* (out with) [ persona]

5 gerg. (drogarsi) to get* stoned (di on), to do* drugs

6 (diventare) -rsi suora, cristiano to become a nun, a Christian; si è fatta bella she's grown up a beauty; il cielo si fece grigio the sky went o turned grey; si fa tardi it's getting late

7 (per indicare movimento) -rsi avanti, indietro to come forward, to stand back; - rsi in là to budge over o up

8 (formarsi) to form [idea, immagine]

9 (seguito da infinito) - rsi sentire to make oneself heard; - rsi tagliare i capelli to have o get one's hair cut; - rsi operare to have surgery

10 (sottoporsi a) to have* [lifting, permanente]

11 (procurarsi) - rsi un bernoccolo to get a bump; - rsi un livido su un braccio to bruise one's arm

12 (reciprocamente) -rsi carezze, dispetti to caress each other, to play tricks on each other

13 farsela (intendersela) to jack around AE ( con with); (in una relazione amorosa) to run* around ( con with)

IDIOMS

avere a che fare to have to do ( con with); non avere niente a che fare to have nothing to do ( con with); avere da fare to be busy, to have things to do; (non) fa niente! it doesn't matter, never mind! a me non la si fa! = I wasn't born yesterday! farsela addosso (urinare) to wet oneself; (defecare) to shit oneself pop.; (dalla paura) to be scared shitless pop., to shit bricks pop., to brick it; farsela sotto (dalla paura) to be scared shitless, to shit bricks, to brick it; che cosa vuoi che ci faccia? che cosa ci posso fare io? what do you want me to do about it? non ci si può fare nulla it can't be helped; non ci posso fare niente se... I can't help it if...; non so che farmene di... I have no need for...

\

See also notes... (fare.pdf)

————————

fare²

/'fare/

sostantivo m.

1 (comportamento) manner, behaviour BE, behavior AE; avere un fare gentile to have a kind manner

2 (inizio) sul fare del giorno, della notte at daybreak, nightfall.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > fare
14 מנה

מָנֶהm. (b. h., from which μνᾶ, mina; מָנָה) ( one hundred, Maneh, a weight in gold or silver, equal to one hundred common or fifty sacred shekels (v. Zuckerm. Talm. Münz. p. 7, sq.). Bekh.5a מ׳ של קודש כפול היח the sacred Maneh was double the weight of the common. Ib. VII, 7 במ׳ צורי taking the Tyrian M. as a standard. Ib. 49b מ׳ צורי … מ׳ של צורי ‘the Tyrian M. … means the standard of the Tyrian system (one Sela = 4 Zuz, Rashi). Keth.I, 2 בתולה … מאתים ואלמנה מ׳ the widowhood of a maiden is two hundred (Zuz), and that of a widow (remarried) is one hundred (Zuz, a common Shekel). B. Kam.90b מ׳ צורי תנן או מ׳ מדינה תנן does the Mishnah (VIII, 6) mean a Tyrian or a country Maneh (twelve and a half Zuz)? Shebu.VI, 1 מ׳ לי בידך thou owest me one hundred denars. Snh.VIII, 2 מ׳ בשר meat of the weight of a Maneh. Shebi. I, 2 ששים מ׳ באיטלקי the weight of sixty M. in the Italian system. Ker.6a; a. fr.Erub.85a bot. פנו מקום לבן מאה מ׳ make room for one worth one hundred M. (in gold).Trnsf. מ׳ בן פרס a Maneh son of a Pras (half a Maneh), i. e. a distinguished son of a less distinguished father. Taan.21b.Pl. מָנִים, מָנִין. Y.Shek.VI, 49c bot. אלף … מ׳ the weight of fifteen hundred M. Ker. l. c.; a. e.Chald. form: מָנֵי. Targ. Ez. 45:12 (Kimḥi מָנָא).Pl. מָנִין, מָנַיָּא, מָנָן, מָנָאֵי, מָנוֹי. Ib. Targ. Is. 7:23. Targ. 1 Kings 10:17; a. e.Esth. R. to VI, 10; Lev. R. s. 28.Sabb.133b שב מ׳ תרבא (not מינאי, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 90) fat weighing seven M. (Rashi: seven portions of fat). Y.B. Kam.IX, 6d bot. (read as Tosaf. to Bab. ib. 100b:) חמש מנוי עמר וח׳ מ׳ סממניןוכ׳ wool worth five M., dyeing material worth five, aud ten M. wages. Y.Meg.IV, 74d bot. מניי (corr. acc.); a. e.

Jewish literature > מנה
15 מָנֶה

מָנֶהm. (b. h., from which μνᾶ, mina; מָנָה) ( one hundred, Maneh, a weight in gold or silver, equal to one hundred common or fifty sacred shekels (v. Zuckerm. Talm. Münz. p. 7, sq.). Bekh.5a מ׳ של קודש כפול היח the sacred Maneh was double the weight of the common. Ib. VII, 7 במ׳ צורי taking the Tyrian M. as a standard. Ib. 49b מ׳ צורי … מ׳ של צורי ‘the Tyrian M. … means the standard of the Tyrian system (one Sela = 4 Zuz, Rashi). Keth.I, 2 בתולה … מאתים ואלמנה מ׳ the widowhood of a maiden is two hundred (Zuz), and that of a widow (remarried) is one hundred (Zuz, a common Shekel). B. Kam.90b מ׳ צורי תנן או מ׳ מדינה תנן does the Mishnah (VIII, 6) mean a Tyrian or a country Maneh (twelve and a half Zuz)? Shebu.VI, 1 מ׳ לי בידך thou owest me one hundred denars. Snh.VIII, 2 מ׳ בשר meat of the weight of a Maneh. Shebi. I, 2 ששים מ׳ באיטלקי the weight of sixty M. in the Italian system. Ker.6a; a. fr.Erub.85a bot. פנו מקום לבן מאה מ׳ make room for one worth one hundred M. (in gold).Trnsf. מ׳ בן פרס a Maneh son of a Pras (half a Maneh), i. e. a distinguished son of a less distinguished father. Taan.21b.Pl. מָנִים, מָנִין. Y.Shek.VI, 49c bot. אלף … מ׳ the weight of fifteen hundred M. Ker. l. c.; a. e.Chald. form: מָנֵי. Targ. Ez. 45:12 (Kimḥi מָנָא).Pl. מָנִין, מָנַיָּא, מָנָן, מָנָאֵי, מָנוֹי. Ib. Targ. Is. 7:23. Targ. 1 Kings 10:17; a. e.Esth. R. to VI, 10; Lev. R. s. 28.Sabb.133b שב מ׳ תרבא (not מינאי, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 90) fat weighing seven M. (Rashi: seven portions of fat). Y.B. Kam.IX, 6d bot. (read as Tosaf. to Bab. ib. 100b:) חמש מנוי עמר וח׳ מ׳ סממניןוכ׳ wool worth five M., dyeing material worth five, aud ten M. wages. Y.Meg.IV, 74d bot. מניי (corr. acc.); a. e.

Jewish literature > מָנֶה
16 Age

Note that where English says to be X years old, French says avoir X ans (to have X years).

How old?

how old are you?

= quel âge as-tu?

what age is she?

= quel âge a-t-elle?

The word ans (years) is never dropped:

he is forty years old

or he is forty

or he is forty years of age

= il a quarante ans

she’s eighty

= elle a quatre-vingts ans

the house is a hundred years old

= la maison a cent ans

a man of fifty

= un homme de cinquante ans

a child of eight and a half

= un enfant de huit ans et demi

I feel sixteen

= j’ai l’impression d’avoir seize ans

he looks sixteen

= on lui donnerait seize ans

Note the use of de after âgé and à l’âge:

a woman aged thirty

= une femme âgée de trente ans

at the age of forty

= à l’âge de quarante ans

Mrs Smith, aged forty

or Mrs Smith (40)

= Mme Smith, âgée de quarante ans

Do not confuse que and de used with plus and moins:

I’m older than you

= je suis plus âgé que toi

she’s younger than him

= elle est plus jeune que lui

Anne’s two years younger

= Anne a deux ans de moins

Margot’s older than Suzanne by five years

= Margot a cinq ans de plus que Suzanne

Robert’s younger than Thomas by six years

= Robert a six ans de moins que Thomas

X-year-old

a forty-year-old

= quelqu’un de quarante ans

a sixty-year-old woman

= une femme de soixante ans

an eighty-year-old pensioner

= un retraité de quatre-vingts ans

they’ve got an eight-year-old

= ils ont un enfant de huit ans

and a five-year-old

= et un autre de cinq ans

Approximate ages

Note the various ways of saying these in French:

he is about fifty

= il a environ cinquante ans

or il a une cinquantaine d’années

or (less formally) il a dans les cinquante ans

(Other round numbers in -aine used to express age are dizaine (10), vingtaine (20), trentaine (30), quarantaine (40), soixantaine (60) and centaine (100).)

she’s just over sixty

= elle vient d’avoir soixante ans

she’s just under seventy

= elle aura bientôt soixante-dix ans

she’s in her sixties

= elle a entre soixante et soixante-dix ans

she’s in her early sixties

= elle a entre soixante et soixante-cinq ans

she’s in her late sixties

= elle va avoir soixante-dix ans

or (less formally) elle va sur ses soixante-dix ans

she must be seventy

= elle doit avoir soixante-dix ans

he’s in his mid forties

= il a entre quarante et cinquante ans

or (less formally) il a dans les quarante-cinq ans

he’s just ten

= il a tout juste dix ans

he’s barely twelve

= il a à peine douze ans

games for the under twelves

= jeux pour les moins de douze ans

only for the over eighties

= seulement pour les plus de quatre-vingts ans

Big English-French dictionary > Age
17 चतुर् _catur

चतुर् num. a. [चत्-उरन् Uṇ.5.58] (always in pl.; m. चत्वारः; f. चतस्रः; n. चत्वारि) Four; चत्वारो वयमृत्विजः Ve.1.25; चतस्रो$वस्था बाल्यं कौमारं यौवनं वार्धकं चेति; चत्वारि शृङ्गा त्रयो अस्य पादाः &c.; शेषान् मासान् गमय चतुरो लोचने मील- यित्वा Me.11. -ind. Four times. [cf. Zend chathru; Gr. tessares; L. quatuor.] [In Comp. the र् of चतुर् is changed to a Visarga (which in some cases becomes श्, ष् or स्, or remains unchanged) before words beginning with hard consonants.]

-Comp. -अंशः a fourth part.

-अङ्ग a. having 4 members, quadripartite.

(-ङ्म्) 1 a complete army consisting of elephants, chariots, cavalry and infantry; चतुरङ्गसमायुक्तं मया सह च तं नय Rām.1.2. 1; एको हि खञ्जनवरो नलिनीदलस्थो दृष्टः करोति चतुरङ्गबलाधिपत्यम् Ś. Til.4; चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चाङ्गबलवाना- काशं वशमानये ॥ Subhāṣ.

-2 a sort of chess.

-अङ्गिकः A kind of horse, having four curls on the forehead; यस्य ललाटे भ्रमरचतुष्टयं स चतुरङ्किको नाम । Śālihotra of Bhoj.25.

-अङ्गिन् a. having four parts. (

-नी) a complete army, see चतुरङ्ग.

-अङ्गुलम् 1 the four fingers of the hand.

-2 four fingers broad.

-अन्त a. bordered on all sides; भूत्वा चिराय चतुरन्तमहीसपत्नी Ś.4.19.

-अन्ता the earth.

-अशीत a. eighty-fourth.

-अशीति a. or f. eighty four.

-अश्र, -अस्र a. (for अश्रि-स्रि)

1 four cornered, quardran- gular; R.6.1. A quality of gems; Kau. A.2.11.

-2 symmetrical, regular or handsome in all parts; बभूव तस्याश्चतुरस्रशोभि वपुः Ku.1.32.

(-श्रः, स्रः) 1 a square.

-2 a quardrangular figure.

-3 (in astr.) N. of the fourth and eighth lunar mansions.

-अहन् a period of four days.

-आत्मन् m. N. of Viṣṇu.

-आननः, -मुखः an epithet of Brahmā; इतरतापशतानि यथेच्छया वितर तानि सहे चतुरानन Udb.

-आश्रमम् the four orders or stages of the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa.

-उत्तर a. increased by four.

-उषणम् the four hot spices, i. e. black pepper, long pepper, dry ginger, and the root of long pepper.

-कर्ण (चतुष्कर्ण) a. heard by two persons only; Pt.1.99.

-ष्काष्ठम् ind. In four directions. चतुष्काष्ठं क्षिपन् वृक्षान्... Bk.9.62.

-कोण (चतुष्कोण) a. square, quadrangular. (

-णः) a square, tetragon, any quadrilateral figure.

-गतिः 1 the Supreme Soul.

-2 a tortoise.

-गवः a carriage drawn by four oxen.

-गुण a. four times, four-fold, quadruple.

-चत्वारिंशत् (चतुश्च- त्वारिंशत्) a. forty-four; ˚रिंश, ˚रिंशत्तम forty-fourth.

-चित्यः A pedestal, a raised square; चतुश्चित्यश्च तस्यासी- दष्टादशकरात्मकः Mb.14.88.32.

- णवत (चतुर्नवत) a. ninety-fourth, or with ninety-four added; चतुर्णवतं शतम् 'one hundred and ninety four'.

-दन्तः an epithet of Airāvata, the elephant of Indra.

-दश a. fourteenth.

-दशन् a. fourteen. ˚रत्नानि (pl.) the fourteen 'jewels' churned out of the ocean; (their names are contained in the following popular Maṅgalāṣṭaka:-- लक्ष्मीः कौस्तुभपारिजातकसुरा धन्वन्तरिश्चन्द्रमा गावः कामदुघाः सुरेश्वरगजो रम्भादिदेवाङ्गनाः । अश्वः सप्तमुखो विषं हरिधनुः शङ्खो$मृतं चाम्बुधे रत्नानीह चतुर्दश प्रतिदिनं कुर्युः सदा मङ्गलम् ॥). ˚विद्या (pl.) the fourteen lores; (they are:-- षडङ्गमिश्रिता वेदा धर्मशास्त्रं पुराणकम् । मीमांसा तर्कमपि च एता विद्याश्चतुर्दश ॥).

-दशी the fourteenth day of a lunar fortnight.

-दिशम् the four quarters taken collectively.

-दिशम् ind. towards the four quarters, on all sides.

-दोलः, -लम् a royal litter.

-द्वारम् 1 a house with four entrances on four sides.

-2 four doors taken collectively.

-नवति a. or f. ninety-four.

-पञ्च a. (चतुपञ्च or चतुष्पञ्च) four or five.

-पञ्चाशत् f. (चतुःपञ्चाशत् or चतुष्पञ्चाशत्) fifty-four.

-पथः (चतुःपथः or चतुष्पथः) (

-थम् also) a place where four roads meet, a crossway; Ms.4.39,9,264. (

-थः) a Brāhmaṇa.

-पद or

-पद् a. (चतुष्पद)

1 having four feet; यथा चतुष्पत्सु च केसरी वरः Rām.4.11.93.

-2 consisting of four limbs. (

-दः) a quadruped. (

-दी) a stanza of four lines; पद्यं चतुष्पदी तच्च वृत्तं जातिरिति द्विधा Chand. M.1.

-पाटी A river. L. D. B.

-पाठी (चतुष्पाठी) a school for Brāhmaṇas in which the four Vedas are taught and repeated.

-पाणिः (चतुष्पाणिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-पाद्-द (चतुष्पद्-द) a. 1. quadruped.

-2 consisting of four members or parts. (-m.)

1 a qua- druped.

-2 (in law) a judicial procedure (trial of suits) consisting of four processes; i. e. plea, defence, rejoinder, and judgment.

-3 The science of archery consisting of ग्रहण, धारण, प्रयोग and प्रतिकारः; यो$स्त्रं चतुष्पात् पुनरेव चक्रे । द्रोणः प्रसन्नो$भिवाद्यस्त्वया$सौ Mb.5.3.12-13; प्रतिपेदे चतुष्पादं धनुर्वेदं नृपात्मजः ibid 192.61.

-पार्श्वम् the four sides of a square.

-बाहुः an epithet of Viṣṇu. (

-हु n.) a square.

-भद्रम् the aggregate of the four ends of human life (पुरुषार्थ); i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, काम and मोक्ष.

-भागः the fourth part, a quarter.

-भावः N. of Viṣṇu.

-भुज a. 1 quadrangular.

-2 having four arms; Bg.11.46.

(-जः) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; R.16.3.

-2 a quadrangular figure.

-3 square. (

-जम्) a square.

-मासम् a period of four months; (reckoned from the 11th day in the bright half of आषाढ to the 11th day in the bright half of कार्तिक).

-मुख having four faces. (

-खः) an epithet of Brahmā; त्वत्तः सर्वं चतु- र्मुखात् R.1.22.

(-खम्) 1. four faces; Ku.2.17.

-2 a house with four entrances.

-मण्डलम् a four-fold arrangement (of troops &c.)

-मेधः One who has offered four sacrifices, namely अश्वमेध, पुरुषमेध, सर्वमेध, and पितृमेध.

-युगम् the aggregate of the four Yugas or ages of the world.

-युज् a. Consisting of four; चतुर्युजो रथाः सर्वे Mb.5.155.13.

-रात्रम् (चतूरात्रम्) an aggregate of four nights.

-वक्त्रः an epithet of Bra- hmā.

-वर्गः the four ends of human life taken collec- tively (पुरुषार्थ); i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, काम and मोक्षः; चतुर्वर्गफलं ज्ञानं कालावस्थाश्चतुर्युगाः R.1.22.

-वर्णः 1. the four classes or castes of the Hindus; i. e. ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र; चतुर्वर्णमयो लोकः R.1.22.

-2 four principal colours.

-वर्षिका a cow four years old.

-विंश a. 1 twenty fourth.

-2 having twenty-four added; as चतुर्विंशं शतम् (124).

-विंशति a. or f. twenty-four.

-विंशतिक a. consisting of twenty-four.

-विद्य a. one who has studied the four Vedas.

-विद्या the four Vedas.

-विध a. of four sorts or kinds, four-fold.

-वेद a. familiar with the four Vedas. (

-दः) the Supreme Soul.

-व्यूङः N. of Viṣṇu. (

-हम्) medical science. a. having four kinds of appearance; hence ˚वादिन् 'asserting the four forms of पुरुषोत्तम viz. वासुदेव, संकर्षण, प्रद्युम्न and अनिरुद्ध.'

-शालम् (चतुःशालम्, चतुश्शालम्, चतुःशाली, चतुश्शाली) a square of four buildings, a quadrangle enclosed by four buildings; अलं चतु शालमिमं प्रवेश्य Mk.3.7; देवीनां चतुःशालमिदम् Pratimā 6.

-षष्टि a. or f.

1 sixty-four.

-2 N. for the Ṛigveda consisting 64 Adhyāyas. ˚कलाः (pl.) the sixty-four arts.

-सनः N. of Viṣṇu having four embodiments of सनक, सनन्दन, सनत्कुमार and सनातन; आदौ सनात् स्वतपसः स चतुःसनो$भूत् Bhāg.2.7.5.

-सप्तति a. or f. seventy-four.

-समम् an unguent of four things, sandal, agallochum, saffron and musk; L. D. B.

-सीमा the boundaries on all four sides.

-हायन, -ण a. four years old; (the f. of this word ends in आ if it refers to an inanimate object, and in ई if it refers to an animal).

-होत्रकम् the four priests taken collectively.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > चतुर् _catur
18 calcular

adj.

calculary, related to calculus or stones.

v.

1 to calculate (cantidades).

calcular mal to miscalculate

2 to reckon.

le calculo sesenta años I reckon he's about sixty

3 to imagine.

calcula la sorpresa que se llevó cuando se lo dijimos just imagine how surprised he was when we told him

* * *

calcular

► verbo transitivo

1 to calculate, work out

■ calcular una suma to calculate a figure

2 (evaluar) to estimate, calculate

■ calcular los daños to estimate the damage

3 (suponer) to think, suppose, figure, guess

■ calculo que vendrá mañana I suppose she'll come tomorrow

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

calculando por lo bajo at the lowest estimate

* * *

verb

1) to calculate

2) reckon, estimate

* * *

VT

1) (Mat) [exactamente] to calculate, work out

debes calcular la cantidad exacta — you must calculate o work out the exact number

calcular la distancia entre dos puntos — to calculate o work out the distance between two points

calculé mal la distancia y me caí — I misjudged the distance and fell

2) [estimativamente]

calcular que — to reckon (that)

calculo que debe de tener unos cuarenta años — I reckon o ( esp EEUU) figure he must be about 40 (years old)

¿cuánto calculas que puede costar? — how much do you reckon it might cost?

se calcula que habrá unos diez heridos — about ten people are estimated to have been wounded

calculo que llegará mañana — I reckon o ( esp EEUU) figure he'll come tomorrow

3) (=planear) to work out, figure out

lo calculó todo hasta el más mínimo detalle — he worked o figured it all out down to the last detail

4) * (=imaginar)

-¿tienes ganas de ir? -¡calcula! — "are you looking forward to going?" - "what do you think? o you bet (I am)!" *

5) (Arquit) [+ puente, bóveda] to design, plan

* * *

verbo transitivo

1)

a) (Mat) <precio/cantidad> to calculate, work out

calculando por lo bajo — at a conservative estimate

calculé mal — I miscalculated

b) (considerar, conjeturar) to reckon

yo le calculo unos sesenta años — I reckon o guess he's about sixty

se calcula que asistieron más de cien personas — over a hundred people are estimated to have attended

c) (fam) ( imaginar) to imagine

calcula mi sorpresa — imagine how surprised I was

debes estar contento - calcula! — you must be pleased - you bet!

2) ( planear) to work out

lo tenía todo calculado — he had it all worked out

un gesto calculado — a calculated gesture

* * *

= calculate, compute, tote up, tot up.

Ex. If the initial question mark in this field is not replaced, the number of characters to be skipped will be calculated by the system.

Ex. There will always be plenty of things to compute in the detailed affairs of millions of people doing complicated things.

Ex. When you tote up the carbon emissions caused by clearing land to grow corn, fertilizing it and transporting it, corn ethanol leaves twice the carbon footprint as gasoline.

Ex. Babies cry for an average of five hours a day for the first three months and tot up 51 days in their first year, according to survey.

----

* calcular el costo = cost.

* calcular la cuenta = tot up, tote up.

* calcular los costes = cost out.

* calcular mal = misjudge, miscalculate.

* calcular un riesgo = calculate + risk.

* tabla de calcular = ready reckoner, reckoner.

* volver a calcular = recalculation.

* * *

verbo transitivo

1)

a) (Mat) <precio/cantidad> to calculate, work out

calculando por lo bajo — at a conservative estimate

calculé mal — I miscalculated

b) (considerar, conjeturar) to reckon

yo le calculo unos sesenta años — I reckon o guess he's about sixty

se calcula que asistieron más de cien personas — over a hundred people are estimated to have attended

c) (fam) ( imaginar) to imagine

calcula mi sorpresa — imagine how surprised I was

debes estar contento - calcula! — you must be pleased - you bet!

2) ( planear) to work out

lo tenía todo calculado — he had it all worked out

un gesto calculado — a calculated gesture

* * *

= calculate, compute, tote up, tot up.

Ex: If the initial question mark in this field is not replaced, the number of characters to be skipped will be calculated by the system.

Ex: There will always be plenty of things to compute in the detailed affairs of millions of people doing complicated things.

Ex: When you tote up the carbon emissions caused by clearing land to grow corn, fertilizing it and transporting it, corn ethanol leaves twice the carbon footprint as gasoline.

Ex: Babies cry for an average of five hours a day for the first three months and tot up 51 days in their first year, according to survey.

* calcular el costo = cost.

* calcular la cuenta = tot up, tote up.

* calcular los costes = cost out.

* calcular mal = misjudge, miscalculate.

* calcular un riesgo = calculate + risk.

* tabla de calcular = ready reckoner, reckoner.

* volver a calcular = recalculation.

* * *

calcular [A1 ]

vt

A

1 ( Mat) ‹precio/cantidad› to calculate, work out

calculando por lo bajo at a conservative estimate

calculé mal la distancia I misjudged o miscalculated the distance, I didn't judge the distance right

2

(considerar, conjeturar): calculo que estaremos de vuelta a eso de las seis I should think o I would estimate we'll be back around six, at a guess we should be back around six

¿cuánto tiempo calculas que tardarán? how long do you reckon o suppose o think it'll take them?

yo le calculo unos sesenta años I should think he's about sixty, I reckon o guess he's about sixty

se calcula que más de cien personas perdieron la vida over a hundred people are estimated to have lost their lives

3 ( fam) (imaginar) to imagine

calcula el disgusto que se habrán llevado imagine o just think how upset they must have been

tendrás muchas ganas de volver a verlo — ¡calcula! I expect you're really looking forward to seeing him again — you bet! o what do you think?

B (planear) to work out

lo tenía todo calculado he had it all worked out

con un gesto calculado with a calculated gesture

C ‹puente/bóveda› to do the calculations for

* * *

calcular ( conjugate calcular) verbo transitivo
1
a) (Mat) to calculate, work out;

◊ calculé mal la distancia I miscalculated the distance

b) ( evaluar) ‹pérdidas/gastas› to estimate

c) ( conjeturar) to reckon, to guess (esp AmE);

◊ yo le calculo unos sesenta años I reckon o guess he's about sixty

d) ( imaginar) to imagine

2 ( planear) to work out;
◊ lo tenía todo calculado he had it all worked out

calcular verbo transitivo
1 Mat to calculate
2 (evaluar, estimar) to (make an) estimate: no supe calcular los riesgos, I was not able to determine the risks
calculé mal la distancia y me caí, I failed to gauge the distance and I fell
3 (conjeturar) to reckon, guess: calculo que mañana podré ir al museo, I guess I'll be able to go to the museum tomorrow
' calcular' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
cifrar
- echar
- estimar
- presupuestar
- tantear
- triangular
- medir
English:
assess
- average
- calculate
- compute
- cost
- estimate
- make
- miscalculate
- misjudge
- put
- reckon
- time
- work out
- figure
- gauge
- judge
- measure
- work

* * *

calcular vt

1. [cantidades] to calculate;

calcular la raíz cuadrada de un número to calculate o extract the square root of a number;

calcular un puente/una bóveda to do the calculations involved in building a bridge/a vault;

calcular mal to miscalculate, to misjudge;

calcular a ojo to judge by eye;

calculando por lo alto, costará unos 2 millones it will cost about 2 million at the most o the outside;

¿podrías calcular por lo bajo cuánto tiempo haría falta? could you work out the minimum amount of time it would take?;

su fortuna se calcula en $20 millones he is estimated to be worth $20 million

2. [pensar, considerar]
está todo cuidadosamente calculado everything has been carefully worked out;

no calculó las consecuencias de sus actos she didn't foresee the consequences of her actions;

no calcularon bien el impacto de sus acciones they misjudged the effect their actions would have

3. [suponer] to reckon;

le calculo sesenta años I reckon o guess he's about sixty;

calculo que estará listo mañana I reckon o think it will be ready tomorrow

4. [imaginar] to imagine;

calcula la sorpresa que se llevó cuando se lo dijimos just imagine how surprised he was when we told him;

¿y se enfadó? – ¡calcula! was he angry? – well, what do you think?

* * *

calcular

v/t tb fig

calculate

* * *

calcular vt

1) : to calculate, to estimate

2) : to plan, to scheme

* * *

calcular vb

1. (en general) to calculate / to work out

¿sabes cómo calcular la superficie de un triángulo? do you know how to work out the area of a triangle?

2. (suponer) to reckon

¿cuántos años le calculas? how old do you reckon he is?

Spanish-English dictionary > calcular
19 L'âge

Quel âge avez-vous?

L’anglais n’emploie pas le verbe to have (avoir) pour exprimer l’âge, mais le verbe to be (être).

quel âge a-t-il?

= how old is he? ou what age is he?

Les deux mots years old peuvent être omis pour les personnes, mais pas pour les choses.

elle a trente ans

= she is thirty years old ou she is thirty

il a quatre-vingts ans

= he is eighty ou he is eighty years old

la maison a cent ans

= the house is a hundred years old

atteindre soixante ans

= to reach sixty

Nick est plus âgé qu’Isabelle

= Nick is older than Isabelle

Isabelle est plus jeune que Nick

= Isabelle is younger than Nick

Nick a deux ans de plus qu’Isabelle

= Nick is two years older than Isabelle

Isabelle a deux ans de moins que Nick

= Isabelle is two years younger than Nick

Louis a le même âge que Mary

= Mary is the same age as Louis

Louis et Mary ont le même âge

= Louis and Mary are the same age

on te donnerait seize ans

= you look sixteen

j’ai l’impression d’avoir seize ans

= I feel sixteen

on lui donnerait dix ans de moins

= he looks ten years younger

Âgé de

il est âgé de quarante ans

= he is forty years of age

un homme de soixante ans

= a man of sixty

un enfant de huit ans et demi

= a child of eight and a half

une femme âgée de quarante ans

= a woman aged forty

M. Stein, âgé de quarante ans

= Mr Stein, aged forty

à l’âge de cinquante ans

= at fifty ou at the age of fifty (GB), at age fifty (US)

il est mort à vingt-sept ans

= he died at twenty-seven ou at the age of twenty-seven

un homme âgé de soixante ans

= a sixty-year-old man

Noter l’utilisation du trait d’union. Noter aussi que year, qui fait partie de l’adjectif, ne prend pas la marque du pluriel.

Lorsque l’on parle d’êtres humains ou d’animaux, le mot qui suit old peut être sous-entendu. Ainsi, a three-year-old peut être un enfant ou un animal (souvent un cheval).

un enfant de cinq ans et demi

= a five-and-a-half-year-old

une course pour les trois ans

= a race for three-year-olds

Mais:

un vin de soixante ans d’âge

= a sixty-year-old wine

L’âge approximatif

L’anglais emploie indifféremment about et around dans ce cas.

elle a dans les trente ans

= she’s about thirty ou around thirty

elle a une cinquantaine d’années

= she’s about fifty ou around fifty

il n’a pas encore dix-huit ans

= he’s not yet eighteen

il vient d’avoir quarante ans

= he’s just over forty ou (plus familier) he’s just turned forty

il aura bientôt cinquante ans

= he’s just under fifty

elle a entre trente et quarante ans

= she’s in her thirties

elle a dans les quarante-cinq ans

= she’s in her mid-forties

elle va sur ses soixante-dix ans

= she’s in her late sixties ou she’s nearly seventy

elle va avoir vingt ans

= she’s in her late teens ou she’s almost twenty

il a tout juste dix ans

= he’s just ten

il a à peine douze ans

= he’s barely twelve

Les personnes âgées de X ans

les plus de quatre-vingts ans

= the over eighties

les moins de dix-huit ans

= the under eighteens

Les mots anglais en -arian sont des noms:

ce sont des septuagénaires

= they’re septuagenarians

elle est octogénaire

= she’s an octogenarian

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > L'âge
20 hour

noun

1) Stunde, die

half an hour — eine halbe Stunde

an hour and a half — anderthalb Stunden

be paid by the hour — stundenweise bezahlt werden

a two-hour session — eine zweistündige Sitzung

the 24-hour or twenty-four-hour clock — die Vierundzwanzigstundenuhr

2) (time o'clock) Zeit, die

on the hour — zur vollen Stunde

at this late hour — zu so später Stunde (geh.)

at all hours — zu jeder [Tages- oder Nacht]zeit; (late at night) spät in der Nacht

the small hours [of the morning] — die frühen Morgenstunden

0100/0200/1700/1800 hours — (on 24-hour clock) 1.00/2.00/17.00/18.00 Uhr

3) in pl.

doctor's hours — Sprechstunde, die

post-office hours — Schalterstunden der Post

what hours do you work? — wie ist deine Arbeitszeit?

work long hours — einen langen Arbeitstag haben

during school hours — während der Schulstunden od. des Unterrichts

out of/after hours — (in office, bank, etc.) außerhalb der Dienstzeit; (in shop) außerhalb der Geschäftszeit; (in pub) außerhalb der Ausschankzeit

4) (particular time) Stunde, die

somebody's finest hour — jemandes größte Stunde

the question etc. of the hour — das Problem usw. der Stunde

5) (distance) Stunde, die

they are two hours from us by train — sie wohnen zwei Bahnstunden von uns entfernt

* * *

noun

( sometimes abbreviated to hr when written)

1) (sixty minutes, the twenty-fourth part of a day: He spent an hour trying to start the car this morning; She'll be home in half an hour; a five-hour delay.) die Stunde

2) (the time at which a particular thing happens: when the hour for action arrives; He helped me in my hour of need; You can consult him during business hours.) die Stunde

•

- academic.ru/35812/hourly">hourly
- hour-glass
- hour hand
- at all hours
- for hours
- on the hour
* * *

hour

[aʊəʳ, AM aʊr]

n

1. (60 minutes) Stunde f

weather conditions here change from \hour to \hour das Wetter ändert sich hier stündlich

I'll be there within an \hour ich bin in einer Stunde da

the gas station is open 24 \hours a day die Tankstelle hat 24 Stunden am Tag geöffnet

we work an eight-\hour day wir haben einen Achtstundentag

\hour after [or upon] \hour Stunde um Stunde

in an \hour['s time] in einer Stunde

50/90 kilometres an [or per] \hour 50/90 Kilometer pro Stunde

15 dollars/£10 an \hour 15 Dollar/10 Pfund die Stunde

to be paid by the \hour pro Stunde bezahlt werden, Stundenlohn bekommen

to do sth for \hours etw stundenlang tun

2. (on clock) [volle] Stunde

the clock struck the \hour die Uhr schlug die volle Stunde

the train is scheduled to arrive on the \hour der Zug kommt planmäßig zur vollen Stunde an

ten minutes past/to the \hour zehn Minuten nach/vor [der vollen Stunde]

every \hour on the \hour jede volle Stunde

3. (more general) Stunde f geh, Zeit f

granny spent long \hours talking about her childhood Oma sprach oft Stunden über ihre Kindheit

he stays up drinking till all \hours er trinkt bis früh in den Morgen

in one's \hour of need in der Stunde der Not geh

at the agreed \hour zur vereinbarten Zeit

to keep late \hours lange aufbleiben

to keep regular \hours geregelte Zeiten einhalten

to work long \hours lange arbeiten

\hours pl of work ADMIN Arbeitszeit f

at all \hours zu jeder Tages- und Nachtzeit

at any \hour jederzeit

at this \hour in dieser Stunde

after [or BRIT also out of] \hours nach [o außerhalb] der Polizeistunde

4. (present time)

the man of the \hour der Mann der Stunde

the problem of the \hour das aktuelle Problem

5. (for an activity)

what are the \hours in this office? wie sind die Arbeitszeiten in diesem Büro?

the shares rose in after-\hour trading die Aktien stiegen an der Nachtbörse

banking \hours Schalterstunden pl (einer Bank)

business \hours Geschäftsstunden pl, Geschäftszeit f

doctor's \hours Sprechstunden pl

lunch \hour Mittagspause f

office \hours Bürozeit[en] f

opening \hours Öffnungszeiten pl

outside \hours außerhalb der Bürozeit[en]

6. (distance) [Weg]stunde f

it's about 3 \hour's walk from here von hier sind es etwa 3 Stunden zu Fuß

an \hour away eine [Weg]stunde entfernt

7. AM (at university)

[credit] \hour Stunde f

8.

▶ the eleventh \hour in letzter Minute, fünf vor Zwölf

▶ the witching \hour die Geisterstunde

▶ sb's \hour has come jds [letzte] Stunde ist gekommen [o hat geschlagen] veraltend o hum

* * *
['aʊə(r)]
n

1) Stunde f; (= time of day) Zeit f

half an hour, a half hour — eine halbe Stunde

three-quarters of an hour — eine Dreiviertelstunde, drei viertel Stunden

a quarter of an hour — eine Viertelstunde, eine viertel Stunde

an hour and a half — anderthalb or eineinhalb Stunden

it's two hours' walk from here — von hier geht man zwei Stunden, von hier sind es zu Fuß zwei Stunden

two hours' walk from here there is an old castle — nach einem Weg von zwei Stunden kommt man an ein altes Schloss or zu einem alten Schloss

at 1500/1530 hours — um 15.00/15.30 Uhr

at fifteen hundred/fifteen thirty hours (spoken) — um fünfzehn Uhr/fünfzehn Uhr dreißig

hour by hour — mit jeder Stunde, stündlich

hour after hour — Stunde um Stunde

on the hour — zur vollen Stunde

every hour on the hour — jede volle Stunde

20 minutes past the hour — 20 Minuten nach

at the hour of his death — in der Stunde seines Todes, in seiner Todesstunde

at an early hour — früh, zu früher Stunde (geh)

at a late hour — spät, zu später Stunde (geh)

at all hours (of the day and night) — zu jeder (Tages- und Nacht)zeit

what! at this hour of the night! —

what is the hour? (old) — wie viel Uhr ist es?

to drive at 50 kilometres an hour — 50 Kilometer in der Stunde or 50 Stundenkilometer fahren

a 30 mile(s) an or per hour limit — eine Geschwindigkeitsbegrenzung von 30 Meilen in der Stunde

to be paid by the hour — stundenweise bezahlt werden

she is paid £6 an hour — sie bekommt £6 pro Stunde`

2) pl (inf: a long time) Stunden pl

for hours — stundenlang

hours and hours — Stunden und aber Stunden

I was hours late — ich war sehr spät dran (inf),

the train was hours late — der Zug hatte Stunden Verspätung

he took hours to do it — er brauchte ewig lang (inf) or stundenlang dazu

3) pl (of banks, shops etc) Geschäftszeit(en) f(pl); (of pubs, park etc) Öffnungszeiten pl; (of post office) Schalterstunden pl; (= office hours) Dienststunden pl; (= working hours etc) Arbeitszeit f; (of doctor etc) Sprechstunde f

out of/after hours (in pubs) — außerhalb der gesetzlich erlaubten Zeit/nach der Polizeistunde; (of school) außerhalb der Unterrichtszeit/nach Schulschluss; (in shops etc) außerhalb der Geschäftszeit(en)/nach Laden- or Geschäftsschluss; (in office etc) außerhalb der Arbeitszeit/nach Dienstschluss; (of doctor etc) außerhalb/nach der Sprechstunde

what are your hours? (shops, pubs etc) — wann haben Sie geöffnet or offen?; (employee) wie ist Ihre Arbeitszeit?

the hours are good — die Arbeitszeit ist günstig

to work long hours — einen langen Arbeitstag haben; (doctors, nurse, policeman etc) lange Dienststunden haben

4) (fig)

his hour has come — seine Stunde ist gekommen

in the hour of danger — in der Stunde der Gefahr

the man/hero of the hour — der Mann/Held der Stunde

the issue of the hour — die aktuelle Frage

* * *

hour [ˈaʊə(r)] s

1. Stunde f:

by the hour stundenweise;

for hours (and hours) stundenlang;

at 14.20 hours um 14 Uhr 20;

the clock strikes the hour es schlägt voll;

(every hour) on the hour (immer) zur vollen Stunde;

10 minutes past the hour 10 Minuten nach der vollen Stunde;

twenty-four hours a day rund um die Uhr, Tag und Nacht;

an hour from here eine Stunde von hier;

sleep till all hours bis in die Puppen schlafen umg;

after one hour of play SPORT nach einer Stunde Spielzeit;

after hours of preparation nach stundenlanger Vorbereitung;

three-hour dreistündig;

eight-hour day Achtstundentag m; → overtime A 1 a

2. (Tages)Zeit f, Stunde f:

what’s the hour? obs wie viel Uhr ist es?;

at all hours zu jeder Zeit, jederzeit;

at this hour zu dieser Zeit oder Stunde;

at what hour? um wie viel Uhr?;

at an early hour früh;

keep regular hours regelmäßige Zeiten einhalten; → early B 1, eleventh A 1, late A 1, small hours, wee¹ B

3. Zeitpunkt m, Stunde f:

the hour of death die Todesstunde;

in my hour of need in der Stunde meiner Not;

his hour has come

a) seine Stunde ist gekommen,

b) auch his last hour has come, his (last) hour has struck seine letzte Stunde oder sein letztes Stündchen ist gekommen oder hat geschlagen;

the hour has come for us to have a serious talk es ist an der Zeit, dass wir uns einmal ernsthaft unterhalten

4. Stunde f, Tag m, Gegenwart f:

the man of the hour der Mann des Tages;

the question of the hour die aktuelle Frage

5. pl (Arbeits) Zeit f, (Arbeits-, Dienst-, Geschäfts) Stunden pl:

what are your hours? wann haben Sie geöffnet?;

after hours

a) nach Dienst- oder Geschäftsschluss; nach der Polizeistunde,

b) nach der Arbeit,

c) fig zu spät;

out of hours außerhalb der (Geschäfts- etc)Zeit; → man-hour, office hours

6. SCHULE

a) (Schul-, Unterrichts) Stunde f

b) UNIV anrechenbare Stunde

7. ASTRON, SCHIFF Stunde f (15 Längengrade)

8. pl REL

a) Gebetsstunden pl

b) Stundengebete pl

c) Stundenbuch n

9. Hours pl Antike: Horen pl ( → Horae)

h., H. abk

1. height H

2. hour ( hours pl) Std.; Uhr (bei Zeitangaben)

3. hundred

4. husband

hr abk hour ( hours pl) Std.

* * *

noun

1) Stunde, die

half an hour — eine halbe Stunde

an hour and a half — anderthalb Stunden

be paid by the hour — stundenweise bezahlt werden

a two-hour session — eine zweistündige Sitzung

the 24-hour or twenty-four-hour clock — die Vierundzwanzigstundenuhr

2) (time o'clock) Zeit, die

on the hour — zur vollen Stunde

at this late hour — zu so später Stunde (geh.)

at all hours — zu jeder [Tages- oder Nacht]zeit; (late at night) spät in der Nacht

the small hours [of the morning] — die frühen Morgenstunden

0100/0200/1700/1800 hours — (on 24-hour clock) 1.00/2.00/17.00/18.00 Uhr

3) in pl.

doctor's hours — Sprechstunde, die

post-office hours — Schalterstunden der Post

what hours do you work? — wie ist deine Arbeitszeit?

work long hours — einen langen Arbeitstag haben

during school hours — während der Schulstunden od. des Unterrichts

out of/after hours — (in office, bank, etc.) außerhalb der Dienstzeit; (in shop) außerhalb der Geschäftszeit; (in pub) außerhalb der Ausschankzeit

4) (particular time) Stunde, die

somebody's finest hour — jemandes größte Stunde

the question etc. of the hour — das Problem usw. der Stunde

5) (distance) Stunde, die

they are two hours from us by train — sie wohnen zwei Bahnstunden von uns entfernt

* * *

n.

Stunde -n f.

English-german dictionary > hour

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Five — (Roget s Thesaurus) < N PARAG:Five >N GRP: N 1 Sgm: N 1 five five cinque quint quincux Sgm: N 1 six six half a dozen half dozen Sgm: N 1 seven seven Sgm: N 1 eight eight … English dictionary for students
Canons and Canonesses Regular — • According to St. Thomas Aquinas, a canon regular is essentially a religious cleric Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Canons and Canonesses Regular Canons and Canonesses Regular … Catholic encyclopedia
American and British English differences — For the Wikipedia editing policy on use of regional variants in Wikipedia, see Wikipedia:Manual of style#National varieties of English. This is one of a series of articles about the differences between British English and American English, which … Wikipedia
Society and culture of the Han Dynasty — A Western Han jade carved door knocker with designs of Chinese dragons (and two other jade figurines) The Han Dynasty (206 BCE – 220 CE) was a period of ancient China divided by the Western Han (206 BCE – 9 CE) and Eastern Han (25–220 CE) periods … Wikipedia
Teenage pregnancy and sexual health in the United Kingdom — IntroductionThe United Kingdom currently has the highest teenage birth rate in Western Europe. The current Labour Government have pledged to half the number of conceptions to girls under 18 by 2010. Over the last fifty years the proportion of… … Wikipedia
Date and time notation in Brazil — Date In Brazil, dates follow the day month year order, using a slash as the separator. Example: 20/06/2008 or 20/06/08. Leading zeros may be omitted, specially on month, but never on the year field: 9/5/08. In formal writing, months are spelled… … Wikipedia
Chicago Aurora and Elgin Railroad — Map of the Chicago Aurora and Elgin Railroad from a 1936 public timetable folder … Wikipedia
English Confessors and Marytrs (1534-1729) — English Confessors and Martyrs (1534 1729) † Catholic Encyclopedia ► English Confessors and Martyrs (1534 1729) Though the resistance of the English as a people to the Reformation compares very badly with the resistance offered by… … Catholic encyclopedia
Stratton's Independence Mine and Mill — Infobox nrhp name =Stratton s Independence Mine and Mill nrhp type = caption =Image from the George H. Stone Collection of Colorado geological features and views, Special Collections, Tutt Library, Colorado College. location = Junction of… … Wikipedia
List of races and species in The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy — Hitchhiker s portal This is a list of races, fauna, and flora (as well as creatures without category) featured in various incarnations of The Hitchhiker s Guide to the Galaxy. Contents … Wikipedia
Canadian Land and Emigration Company — In 1859, the Crown Lands Department in Province of Canada advertised a block of land for sale in (what is now) Haliburton County. The purpose for the sale of the land was to promote rapid settlement of the newly created townships in the district… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

two hundred and sixty five

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

two hundred and sixty five

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: